S6225 W6 MMA 010 Tech Manuel

S6225-W6-MMA-010
REVISION 6
TECHNICAL MANUAL
FOR
NAVY STANDARD TITANIUM

CENTRIFUGAL PUMP
1000 GPM
(NAVSEA DRAWING NO. 803-5773203)
OPERATION, MAINTENANCE, AND ILLUSTRATED PARTS
BREAKDOWN
SUPERSEDURE NOTICE: THIS MANUAL SUPERSEDES S6225-W6-MMA-010,

DATED, 30 AUGUST 2006, AND ALL CHANGES THERETO.
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C: DISTRIBUTION AUTHORIZED TO U.S. GOVERNMENT AGENCIES AND

THEIR CONTRACTORS; ADMINISTRATIVE/OPERATIONAL USE; 30 AUGUST 2006. OTHER U.S. REQUESTS
FOR THIS DOCUMENT SHALL BE REFERRED TO NSWC PHILADELPHIA, CODE 314.
WARNING: THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS TECHNICAL DATA WHOSE EXPORT IS RESTRICTED BY THE
ARMS EXPORT CONTROL ACT (TITLE 22, U.S.C. SEC 2751, ET SEQ.) OR THE EXPORT ADMINISTRATION
ACT OF 1979 (TITLE 50, U.S.C., APP 2401 ET SEQ.), AS AMENDED. VIOLATIONS OF THESE EXPORT
LAWS ARE SUBJECT TO SEVERE CRIMINAL PENALTIES. DISSEMINATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
PROVISIONS OF DOD DIRECTIVE 5230.25.
DESTRUCTION NOTICE: DESTROY BY ANY METHOD THAT WILL PREVENT DISCLOSURE OF CONTENTS
OR RECONSTRUCTION OF THIS DOCUMENT.
PUBLISHED BY DIRECTION OF COMMANDER, NAVAL SEA SYSTEMS COMMAND
*0910LP1155186* 15 MAR 2016

TITLE-1 / (TITLE-2 Blank)@@FIpgtype@@TITLE@@!FIpgtype@@
@@FIpgtype@@TITLE@@!FIpgtype@@
TITLE-2
@@FIpgtype@@BLANK@@!FIpgtype@@
S6225-W6-MMA-010
RECORD OF REVISIONS
REVISION NO. DATE TITLE OR BRIEF DESCRIPTION
0 15 FEB 1985 INITIAL ISSUE
1 15 AUG 1995 INCORPORATED CHANGE A PACKAGE.
2 30 AUG 2006 INCORPORATE CHANGES RESULTING FROM CVN 77 NEW CON-
STRUCTION. UPDATED PARTS LIST IN TABLE 7-2.
3 31 AUG 2009 THIS REVISION DOCUMENTS SHIPALT 6766.02D.
CHANGED INFORMATION INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING:
PARAGRAPH(S) D
4 15 JUL 2011 THIS REVISION INCORPORATES SCD-79185 (MA-670) WHICH PRO-
VIDES GALVANIC ISOLATION BETWEEN THE TITANIUM PUMP
AND SYSTEM PIPING.
CHANGED INFORMATION INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING:
PARAGRAPH(S) 4-6, 6-4, 6-6, 6-7 AND 8-9
TABLE(S) 6-2. AND 7-2.
FIGURE(S) 8-4.
5 30 APR 2012 INCORPORATES TMDER N65540-12-C006 TO CLARIFY
DEENERGIZING AND TAG OUT PROCEDURES. CHANGES AUTHO-
RIZED BY CODES 938 AND 944. THE FOLLOWING WAS CHANGED:
PARAGRAPH(S) 6-4, 6-6, 6-7, 6-8, A-3.4, A-5.3, A-5.4, A-5.5, A-6.1,
A-6.3.1, A-6.3.2, A-6.4.1, A-6.4.2, A-6.5.1, A-6.5.2, A-9.1, A-9.3, A-9.4,
A-9.5, C-3.4, C-5.3 AND C-5.4
6 15 MAR 2016 ADDED FIRE PUMP EMI FIX KIT AND UPDATED PARTS LIST
DESCRIPTION. THE FOLLOWING WAS CHANGED:
PARAGRAPH(S) A-2.3.2.1 AND A-8.6
TABLE(S) C-7.
FOR OPTIMAL VIEWING OF THIS TECHNICAL MANUAL, THE PAGE LAYOUT IN ADOBE ACROBAT
READER SHOULD BE SINGLE PAGE. CONTINUOUS PAGE DISPLAY CAN CAUSE PROBLEMS WITH
LINK REFERENCES AND THE BOOKMARKS.
RECORD OF REVISIONS-1 / (RECORD OF REVISIONS-2 Blank)

RECORD OF REVISIONS-2
S6225-W6-MMA-010
FOREWORD
This technical manual provides description, operation, maintenance, troubleshooting, repair and parts list
information for the Navy Standard, Titanium Centrifugal pump, 1000 gpm (NAVSEA Drawing No. 803-
5773203). This technical manual is intended for guidance of and use by personnel operating and maintaining the
equipment described herein.
This manual consists of one volume arranged in eight chapters and four appendices as follows:
Chapter 1 - General Information and Safety Precautions

Chapter 2 - Operation
Chapter 3 - Functional Description
Chapter 4 - Scheduled Maintenance
Chapter 5 - Troubleshooting
Chapter 6 - Corrective Maintenance
Chapter 7 - Parts List
Chapter 8 - Installation
Appendix A - Hansome, General Electric, and Mawdsley’s Limited Motors
Appendix B - Tech Systems Motor Data For LSD 41 Class (CV)
Appendix C - Reliance Electric Motor
Appendix D - Cutler-Hammer Motor Controller 6962ED3264
Ships, training activities, supply points, depots, Naval Shipyards, and Supervisors of Shipbuilding are
requested to arrange for maximum practical use and evaluation of NAVSEA technical manuals. All errors, omis-
sions, discrepancies, and suggestions for improvement to NAVSEA technical manuals shall be forwarded to:
COMMANDER
CODE 310 TMDERs
NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA
4363 MISSILE WAY, BLDG 1389
PORT HUENEME CA 93043-4307
on NAVSEA/SPAWAR Technical Manual Deficiency/Evaluation Report (TMDER), NAVSEA form 4160/1. All
feedback comments shall be thoroughly investigated and originators will be advised of action resulting therefrom.
One copy of NAVSEA form 4160/1 is at the end of each separately bound technical manual 8-1/2 x 11 inches
or larger. Copies of NAVSEA Form 4160/1 may be requisitioned from the Naval Systems Data Support Activity
Code 310 at the above address. Users are encouraged to transmit deficiency submittals via the Naval Systems
Data Support Activity web site located at:
https://mercury.tdmis.navy.mil/def_external/pubsearch.cfm
FOREWORD-1 / (FOREWORD-2 Blank)

FOREWORD-2
S6225-W6-MMA-010
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter/Paragraph Page
1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1-1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1-2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

1-2.1 Warning/Caution/Note Usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1-2.2 Additional Warnings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1-3 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1-4 RELATIONSHIP OF COMPONENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1-5 REFERENCE DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
2 OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2-1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2-3 CONTROLS AND INDICATORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2-4 OPERATING PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

2-4.1 Pre-Operational Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2-4.2 Startup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2-4.3 Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2-4.4 Shutdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
3 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3-1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3-2 PUMP DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

3-2.1 Casing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3-2.2 Seal Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3-2.3 Wearing Rings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3-2.4 Impeller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3-2.5 Shaft Seal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3-3 PUMP OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
3-4 PUMPING UNIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
4 SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4-1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
i
S6225-W6-MMA-010
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
4-2 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4-3 VISUAL INSPECTION OF THE PUMP MECHANICAL SEAL FOR LEAKAGE. . 4-1
4-4 EXTENDED SHUTDOWN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
4-5 GENERAL OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
4-6 INTERMEDIATE AND DEPOT LEVEL MAINTENANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
5 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5-1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5-3 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5-4 PRELIMINARY TROUBLESHOOTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5-4.1 Common Malfunctions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5-4.2 Immediate Action. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5-4.3 Probable Causes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5-4.4 Corrective Action. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5-5 PERFORMANCE MONITORING CHARTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5-6 MECHANICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
6 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
SECTION I INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6-1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
SECTION II ADJUSTMENTS AND ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6-2 ADJUSTMENTS AND ALIGNMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
SECTION III REPAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6-3 REPAIR PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6-4 RENEWAL OF WEARING RINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6-5 CASING STUD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
6-6 RENEWAL OF SHAFT SEAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
ii
S6225-W6-MMA-010
6-7 RENEWAL OF IMPELLER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
6-8 EMERGENCY PACKING INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
7 PARTS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
7-1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
7-2 LIST OF MAJOR COMPONENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
7-3 PARTS LIST TABLES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

7-3.1 Figure and Index Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
7-3.2 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
7-3.3 Quantity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
7-3.4 CAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
7-3.5 Manufacturer’s Part Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
7-4 PARTS LOCATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
8 INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
8-1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
8-2 INSTALLATION DRAWINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
8-3 SITE INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
8-4 PREPARATION OF FOUNDATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
8-5 REFERENCE DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
8-6 TOOLS AND MATERIAL REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
8-7 UNPACKING AND PACKING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

8-7.1 Unpacking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
8-7.2 Packing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
8-7.3 Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
8-8 INPUT REQUIREMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
8-9 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
8-10 INSTALLATION CHECKOUT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
8-11 ADJUSTMENTS AND TESTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
8-12 GROUNDING PROCEDURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
iii
S6225-W6-MMA-010
8-13 STARTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
A HANSOME, GENERAL ELECTRIC, AND MAWDSLEY’S LIMITED

MOTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
A-1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1

A-1.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
A-1.2 GENERAL DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
A-1.3 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
A-2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2

A-2.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
A-2.2 DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
A-2.2.1 Rotating Element. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
A-2.2.2 Stationary Element. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
A-2.3 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
A-2.3.1 Motor Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
A-2.3.2 Temperature Monitor System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
A-2.3.2.1 Fire Pump EMI Fix Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
A-2.3.3 Controller Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
A-2.3.4 Relay Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
A-2.3.5 Reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
A-2.3.6 Fail Safe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
A-3 SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5

A-3.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5
A-3.2 GENERAL CLEANLINESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5
A-3.3 GENERAL OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6
A-3.4 MEASUREMENT OF INSULATION RESISTANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6
A-3.5 MOTOR BEARING LUBRICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7
A-4 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8

A-4.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8
A-4.2 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-9
A-5 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE (HANSOME MOTOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-10

A-5.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-10
A-5.2 BEARINGS REPLACEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-11
A-5.3 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF THE OPPOSITE DRIVE END
BEARING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-11
A-5.4 MOTOR DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-14
A-5.5 CORRECTING THE INSULATION RESISTANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-22
A-6 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE (GENERAL ELECTRIC MOTOR) . . . . . . . . A-24

A-6.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-24
iv
S6225-W6-MMA-010

BEARING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-24
A-6.3.1 Group 1 Motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-24
A-6.3.2 Group 2 Motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-27
A-6.4 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF THE DRIVE END BEARING. . . A-30
A-6.4.1 Group 1 Motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-30
A-6.4.2 Group 2 Motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-33
A-6.5.1 Group 1 Motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-35
A-6.5.2 Group 2 Motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-43
A-7 PARTS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-46

A-7.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-46
A-7.2 PARTS LIST TABLES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-46
A-8 INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-50

A-8.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-50
A-8.2 INSTALLATION DRAWINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-50
A-8.3 REFERENCE DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-50
A-8.4 TOOLS AND MATERIAL REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . A-50
A-8.5 INPUT REQUIREMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-51
A-8.6 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-51
A-8.7 INSTALLATION CHECKOUT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-52
A-8.8 ADJUSTMENT AND TESTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-52
A-9 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE (MAWDSLEY’S LIMITED MOTOR) . . . . . . A-83

A-9.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-83
BEARING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-83
A-9.5 CORRECTING THE INSULATION RESISTANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-94
B TECH SYSTEMS MOTOR DATA FOR LSD 41 CLASS (CV) . . . . . . . . . . B-1
C RELIANCE ELECTRIC MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1
C-1 RELIANCE ELECTRIC MOTOR GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY

PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1
C-1.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1
C-1.2 GENERAL DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1
C-1.3 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1
C-2 RELIANCE ELECTRIC MOTOR FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . C-2

C-2.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-2
C-2.2 DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-2
C-2.2.1 Rotating Element. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-2
v
S6225-W6-MMA-010
C-2.2.2 Rotor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-2

C-2.2.3 Stationary Element. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-2
C-2.2.4 Sealed Insulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-2
C-2.2.5 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-2
C-2.3 QUIET OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3
C-2.4 TEMPERATURE MONITORING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3
C-2.4.1 Controller Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3
C-2.4.2 Fail Safe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3
C-3 SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-4

C-3.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-4
C-3.2 GENERAL CLEANLINESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-4
C-3.3 GENERAL OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-5
C-3.4 MEASUREMENT OF INSULATION RESISTANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-5
C-3.5 MOTOR BEARING LUBRICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-6
C-4 RELIANCE ELECTRIC MOTOR TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-8

C-4.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-8
C-4.2 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-8
C-5 RELIANCE ELECTRIC MOTOR CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . C-10

C-5.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-10
C-5.2 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF FRONT AND REAR END
BEARINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-10
C-5.3 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF FRONT END BEARING. . . . . . C-10
C-5.4 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF REAR END BEARING. . . . . . . C-13
C-6 PARTS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-21

C-6.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-21
C-6.2 PARTS LIST TABLES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-21
C-7 INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-25

C-7.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-25
C-7.2 INSTALLATION DRAWINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-25
C-7.3 TOOLS AND MATERIAL REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . C-25
C-7.4 STORAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-25
C-7.5 INPUT REQUIREMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-26
C-7.6 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-26
C-7.7 INSTALLATION CHECKOUT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-26
D CUTLER-HAMMER MOTOR CONTROLLER 6962ED3264 . . . . . . . . . . . D-1
D-1 GENERAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1
vi
S6225-W6-MMA-010
LIST OF TABLES
Table Title Page
1-1. Pump Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1-2. Pump Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1-3. Principal Design Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1-4. Equipments, Accessories, and Documents Supplied . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
4-1. Planned Maintenance Schedule (Pump End) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
5-1. Pump Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
6-1. Impeller Diameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
6-2. Torque Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
7-1. Navy Standard Titanium Centrifugal Pumping Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
7-2. Pump Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
7-3. Multi-Spring Mechanical Seal Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
7-4. Navy Standard Single-Spring Mechanical Seal Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
A-1. Motor Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
A-2. Performance at Rated Voltage and Frequency (Hansome) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
A-3. Performance at Rated Voltage and Frequency (General Electric) . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
A-4. Performance at Rated Voltage and Frequency (Mawdsley’s Limited) . . . . . . . . . A-2
A-5. Planned Maintenance Schedule (Motor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5
A-6. Motor Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-9
A-7. Hansome Motor Torque Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-13
A-8. G.E. Motor Torque Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-26
A-9. Motor Parts List-Hansome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-46
A-10. Motor Parts List-Mawdsley’s Limited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-48
A-11. Input Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-51
A-12. Mawdsley’s Limited Motor Torque Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-85
C-1. Motor Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1
C-2. Performance at Rated Voltage and Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1
vii
S6225-W6-MMA-010
LIST OF TABLES - Continued
Table Title Page
C-3. Planned Maintenance Schedule (Motor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-4
C-4. Lubricating Conditions and Frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-7
C-5. Motor Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-9
C-6. List of Manufacturers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-21
C-7. Fire Pump Electric Motor Parts List - Reliance Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-21
viii
S6225-W6-MMA-010
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure Title Page
1-1. Fire Pump - Horizontal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
1-2. Performance Curve - 125 PSI, 750 GPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
6-2. Impeller Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
6-3. Method for Checking Impeller Runout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
6-4. Method for Holding Motor Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
6-5. Torquing Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
6-6. Impeller and Mechanical Seal Retainer Engagement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
6-7. Pump Assembly/Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33
7-1. Pump Sectional Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
7-2. Multi-Spring Mechanical Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
7-3 Navy Standard Single-Spring Mechanical Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
8-1. Unit Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
8-2. Resilient Mount Arrangement and Unit Footprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
8-3. Shipping Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
8-4. Galvanic Isolation Component Arrangement (Installed by SCD-79185 (MA-670) or

Other Means) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
A-1. Temperature Monitor System Test Set-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-54
A-2. Elementary Diagram for Pumping Unit Motor Controller with Thermal Protection
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-55
A-3. Hansome Motor (Sheet 1 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-57
A-4. General Electric Motor (Sheet 1 of 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-63
A-5. Mawdsley’s Limited Electric Motor A/505DZ/7 (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . A-75
A-6. Mawdsley’s Limited Electric Motor A/505DZ/8 (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . A-79
ix
S6225-W6-MMA-010
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS - Continued
Figure Title Page
B-1. Certification Data, AC Motor 505TNDZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2
B-2. AC Motor, Dwg. No. 225B7022 (Sheet 1 of 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3
C-1. Major Motor Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-2
C-2. Motor Lubrication Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-8
C-3. Reliance Motor Master Drawing (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-17
C-4. Reliance Motor Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-27
D-1. Cutler-Hammer Motor Controller 6962ED3264 Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . D-3
D-2. Cutler-Hammer Motor Controller 6962ED3264 Schematic Diagram . . . . . . . . . . D-5
x
S6225-W6-MMA-010
SAFETY SUMMARY
GENERAL SAFETY NOTICES
The following general safety notices supplement the specific warnings and cautions appearing elsewhere
in this manual. They are recommended precautions that must be understood and applied during operation and
maintenance of the equipment covered herein. Should situations arise that are not covered in the general or spe-
cific safety precautions, the Commanding Officer or other authority will issue orders as deemed necessary to
cover the situation. No work shall be undertaken on energized equipment or circuits until approval of the Com-
manding Officer is obtained, and then only in accordance with Naval Ship’s Technical Manual (NSTM) S9086-
KC-STM-010/Chapter 300.
DO NOT REPAIR OR ADJUST ALONE
Under no circumstances shall repair or adjustment of energized equipment be attempted alone. The imme-
diate presence of someone capable of rendering first aid is required. Before making adjustments, be sure to pro-
tect against grounding. If possible, adjustments should be made with one hand, with the other hand free and clear
of equipment. Even when power has been removed from equipment circuits, dangerous potentials may still exist
due to retention of charges by capacitors. Circuits must be grounded and all capacitors discharged prior to
attempting repairs. Equipment should be deenergized and properly tagged out according to the ship’s Standard
Operating Procedures.
TEST EQUIPMENT
Make certain test equipment is in good condition. If a metal-cased test meter must be held, ground the case
of the meter before starting measurement. Do not touch live equipment or personnel working on live equipment
while holding a test meter. Do not ground any measuring devices; these devices should not be held when taking
measurements.
INTERLOCKS - SAFETY DEVICES
Interlocks are provided for safety of personnel and equipment and should be used only for the purpose
intended. Never tamper with or render ineffective any safety device, interlock, ground strap or similar device
intended to protect operators or the equipment without specific approval of the Commanding Officer. Do not
depend solely upon interlocks for protection. Whenever possible, disconnect power at the distribution source.
MOVING EQUIPMENT
Personnel shall remain clear of moving equipment. If equipment requires adjustment while in motion, a
safety watch shall be posted. The safety watch shall be qualified to administer CPR, have a full view of the
operations being performed, and have immediate access to controls capable of stopping equipment motion.
FIRST AID
An injury, no matter how slight, shall never go unattended. Always obtain first aid or medical attention
immediately, and file an injury report in accordance with OPNAVINST 5102.1 series, subj: Mishap Investigation
and Reporting.
xi
S6225-W6-MMA-010
SAFETY SUMMARY - Continued
RESUSCITATION
Personnel working with or near high voltage shall be familiar with approved methods of resuscitation.
Should someone be injured and stop breathing, begin resuscitation immediately. A delay could cost the victim’s
life. Resuscitation procedures shall be posted in all electrically hazardous areas.
GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
The following general precautions are to be observed at all times.
1. Install and ground all electrical components associated with this system/equipment in accordance
with applicable Navy regulations and approved shipboard practices.
2. Ensure that all maintenance operations comply with Navy Occupational Safety and Health
(NAVOSH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat, OPNAVINST 5100.19 series.
3. Observe precautions set forth in NSTM S9086-KC-STM-010/Chapter 300 with respect to electrical
equipment and circuits.
4. Ensure that protective guards and shutdown devices are properly installed and maintained around
rotating parts of machinery and high voltage sources.
5. Do not wear loose clothing while working around rotating parts of machinery.
6. Ensure that special precautionary measures are employed to prevent applying power to the system/
equipment any time maintenance work is in progress.
7. Do not make any unauthorized alterations to equipment or components.
8. Before working on electrical system/equipment, use the correct tag out procedure and check with
voltmeter to ensure that system is not energized.
9. Consider all circuits not known to be “dead,” “live” and dangerous at all times.
10. When working near electricity, do not use metal rules, flashlights, metallic pencils, or any other
objects having exposed conducting material.
11. Deenergize all equipment before connecting or disconnecting meters or test leads.
12. When connecting a meter to terminals for measurement, use range higher than expected voltage.
13. Before operating equipment or performing any tests or measurements, ensure area is dry of water or
other liquid conductive material and that frames of all motors and starter panels are securely
grounded.
14. Ensure that area is well-ventilated when using cleaning compound or solvent. Avoid prolonged
breathing of fumes and compound or solvent contact with skin or eyes.
WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS
Specific warnings and cautions applying to the system/equipment covered by this manual are summarized
below. These warnings and cautions appear elsewhere in the manual following paragraph headings and immedi-
ately preceding the text to which they apply. They are repeated here for emphasis.
xii
S6225-W6-MMA-010
SAFETY SUMMARY - Continued
An operating or maintenance procedure, practice, condition, statement, etc.,

which, if not strictly observed, could result in injury or death of personnel. (Page
1-1)
Never start the pump if it is not filled with water. Operating the pump in an air-
locked or dry condition will damage close running internal surfaces. (Page 2-1,
page 6-10, page 6-19, page 6-27, page 6-29)
Follow the general safety notices and general precautions set forth in the Safety
Summary. (Page 6-2, page 6-12, page 6-20, page 6-28, page A-6, page A-7, page A-9,
page A-11, page A-14, page A-22, page A-24, page A-27, page A-30, page A-33, page A-35,
pageA-43,pageA-51,pageA-83,pageA-86,pageA-94,pageC-5,pageC-6,pageC-8,
page C-11, page C-13, page C-26)
Prior to working on equipment, ensure all switches and circuit breakers have
been placed in the open (off) position and tagged as follows, using applicable
shipboard tag out procedure. Ensure all remotely supplied alternate sources are
also open and tagged out. One cannot assume a single power source supplies all
equipment internally. (Page 6-2, page 6-12, page 6-20, page 6-28, page A-6, page
A-11, page A-14, page A-22, page A-24, page A-27, page A-30, page A-33, page A-36, page
A-43, page A-83, page A-86, page A-94, page C-6, page C-11, page C-13)
Failure to completely isolate the pump and tag all valves out of service in accor-
dance with ship procedures may result in injury to or death of personnel. (Page
6-2,page6-12,page6-20,page6-28,pageA-11,pageA-14,pageA-25,pageA-28,page
A-30,pageA-33,pageA-36,pageA-43,pageA-83,pageA-86,pageC-11,pageC-14)
xiii
S6225-W6-MMA-010
The pump casing weighs approximately 110 pounds. Failure to use proper rig-
ging and hoisting procedures may result in injury to or death of personnel. (Page
6-3, page 6-9, page 6-14, page 6-18, page 6-21, page 6-26)
The pump seal head weighs approximately 110 pounds. Failure to use proper
rigging and hoisting procedures may result in injury to or death of personnel.
(Page6-4,page6-7,page6-14,page6-16,pageA-16,pageA-20,pageA-37,pageA-40,
page A-88, page A-92)
Pressurized air may drive particles into eyes and skin if handled improperly. To
prevent injury to personnel, wear proper protective gear including goggles. (Page
6-11, page A-6, page C-5)
Excessive or repeated skin contact with anaerobic adhesive/sealants may cause

skin irritation. In case of contact with skin, remove promptly by washing. To
avoid skin contact, use an applicator. (Page 6-11)
Do not wear loose clothing while working around rotating machinery. (Page 6-29,
page A-7, page C-6)
Asbestos is recognized as a major health hazard. Inhalation of fibers of this

material can lead to serious impairment of health in subsequent years. The insu-
lation installation on the piping may contain asbestos material. The industrial
hygienist at the repair activity should be notified whenever asbestos is found in
the pipe insulation. The industrial hygienist will supervise the correct removal of
the asbestos insulation from the pipe. (Page 8-3)
xiv
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Observe all safety precautions when troubleshooting the motor. Carelessness can
result in serious injury to personnel and damage to equipment. If electrical power
is connected, a 440-volt potential is present to the pump electrical motor.
Extreme care must be taken when the electrical box is opened. (Page A-9, page
C-8)
Take precautions to prevent possible burn hazard when handling the heated bear-
ing. (Page A-13, page A-26, page A-29, page A-32, page A-34, page A-85, page C-12, page
C-15)
Ensure that all switches and circuit breakers are still tagged out before reconnect-
ing the electrical wiring to the pump motor. (Page A-14, page A-22, page A-27, page
A-30,pageA-32,pageA-35,pageA-42,pageA-46,pageA-86,pageA-94,pageC-13)
The pumping unit weighs approximately 2,300 pounds. Failure to use appropri-
ate rigging and hoisting procedures may result in injury to or death of personnel.
(Page A-15, page A-37)
Before proceeding, make certain that the equipment is disconnected from the 440
VAC power source, and the 440 VAC power source is tagged out. (Page A-53)
The pumping unit weighs 2530 pounds. Failure to use appropriate rigging and
hoisting procedures may result in injury to or death of personnel. (Page A-87)
xv
S6225-W6-MMA-010
An operating or maintenance procedure, practice, condition, or statement, etc.,

which, if not strictly observed, could result in damage or destruction of equip-
ment or loss of mission. (Page 1-1)
This equipment is designed and built for quiet operation. Extreme care must be
taken when handling this equipment to prevent any damage which might increase
operating noise levels. (Page 1-2)
The pump must not be operated with a flow rate less than 30 GPM or the pump
will overheat and seize. (Page 3-2)
Do not install emergency packing rings unless there is a leakage of more than 45
drops per minute. If leakage is insufficient (i.e. less than 45 drops per min.) to
cool the emergency packing, damage will occur to the pumping unit. (Page 4-1,
page 6-28)
Safeguard loose titanium and Inconel parts. Use of other than the approved pump
material (i.e. titanium or Inconel 625) may cause pump corrosion leading to
catastrophic pumping unit failure and flooding. (Page 6-2, page 6-13, page 6-20,
page 6-28)
Use care when assembling or disassembling parts to prevent damage to internal

surfaces having close machined tolerances. (Page 6-3, page 6-9, page 6-14, page
xvi
S6225-W6-MMA-010
6-18, page 6-21, page 6-26, page A-12, page A-15, page A-25, page A-28, page A-31, page
A-33, page A-36, page A-43, page A-84, page A-87, page C-11, page C-14)
The distance 0.122 - 0.125 inch must be the same at pump reassembly to ensure
impeller dowel pins (2.1) are in mechanical seal retainer slots to engage and turn
the seal retainer. (Page 6-4, page 6-15)
Do not use HARSH ABRASIVE that might scratch or otherwise mar surface
finishes. (Page 6-5, page 6-15, page 6-22, page 6-23)
Do not turn wear area beyond the required dimension to establish the 125 EMS
finish. (Page 6-5, page 6-22)
Use of other than an Inconel 625 impeller key (8) may result in a key disinte-
grating. This will allow the lock nut (5) to become free and allow the impeller to
come into contact with the casing, leading to catastrophic pumping unit failure.
Do not use a key that exhibits corrosion. (Page 6-7, page 6-16, page 6-24)
If the mechanical seal drive pins (2.1) are not in line with the slots in the seal
when the impeller is installed, the springs in the seal will be fully compressed by
the pins when the impeller is tightened. This will prevent the impeller from seat-
ing on the shaft sleeve, resulting in one of the following:
a. The seal may rotate and the impeller pins fall into the slots. The resulting free
play between the impeller and the shaft sleeve will keep the seal from operating
properly. The seal will leak and the pump will vibrate due to the loose impeller.
xvii
S6225-W6-MMA-010
b. The pins may not fall into the slots, causing the seal faces to be loaded too
heavily. The faces will burn up quickly.
The end result in either case is catastrophic failure of the pumping unit. (Page
6-8, page 6-17, page 6-24, page A-20, page A-41, page A-92)
Do not wedge, pry or chain fall piping into position to align flanges. Excessive/
undue stress put on pump casing will change internal clearances of pump, thus
causing unsatisfactory operation or failure. (Page 6-9, page 6-18, page 6-26)
Galvanic isolation must be maintained between the titanium pump flanges and
the system flanges to prevent corrosion. (Page 6-9, page 6-18, page 6-26, page 8-4)
For equipment with galvanic isolation kits (installed by SCD-79185 (MA-670) or

other means), the suction and discharge flange fasteners should not be torqued to
greater than 60 Ft-Lbs to avoid damaging the galvanic isolation components.
(Page 6-10, page 6-19, page 6-27, page 8-4)
Primers and chlorinated cleaning solvents are not to be used with titanium. (Page
6-11)
To avoid equipment damage, ensure that low pressure air used to dry components
is clean and dry. Moisture in an air line causes rust. (Page 6-11, page A-6, page
C-5)
xviii
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Do not turn wear area beyond that dimension required to establish the 125 EMS
finish. (Page 6-15)
The Navy Standard Titanium Centrifugal Pump has been designed and manufac-
tured to minimize mechanical and electrical vibrations and noise to the extent
that the pumping unit is considered to be a precision machine. It should be
handled as such. Abuse by rough handling could upset the super precision bal-
ance built into this unit. (Page 8-3)
In all installations and particularly new installations, use extreme care when con-
necting piping to ensure that no foreign matter such as dirt, chips, pipe scale, and
welding beads are in the piping as this debris will be drawn into the pump and
cause internal damage. Thoroughly flush the system before connecting it to the
pump. (Page 8-4)
To prevent galvanic corrosion, fitting failure, and flooding, titanium tubing and
fittings should be used for gage and vent lines. (Page 8-5)
Do not overgrease. Too much grease will cause churning of grease, which can
lead to overheating of the bearings. The total grease capacity for the DE bearing
is 2.75 oz, while the ODE bearing contains 3 oz. The bearing lubricant shall
conform to DOD-G-24508. (Page A-8)
locked or dry condition will damage close running internal surfaces. (Page A-8)
xix
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Disassembly of AC motors should be accomplished by authorized personnel at

authorized maintenance activities only. Disassembly by unauthorized personnel
may result in equipment damage. (Page A-11, page A-24, page A-83, page C-10)
impeller dowel pins (2.1) are in mechanical seal retainer (10.5) slots to engage
and turn retainer 10.5. (Page A-16, page A-38, page A-88)
Do not allow machined surfaces to contact other surfaces without protection

against nicks, scratches, burrs, etc. (Page A-17, page A-38, page A-89)
To avoid damage to motor windings and shaft bearings, brace motor rotor
securely while end brackets/shields are removed. (Page A-17, page A-39, page A-44,
page A-89)
The pumping unit is positioned on studs. The unit must be lowered straight down
to protect studs and reamed holes in motor housing feet. (Page A-21, page A-42,
page A-93)
Do not use lead or zinc paints on internal parts of the motor. Use only air dry-
ing insulating varnish. (Page A-23, page A-95)
xx
S6225-W6-MMA-010
lead to overheating of the bearings. The bearing lubricant shall conform to DOD-
G-24508. (Page C-7)
xxi / (xxii Blank)

xxii
S6225-W6-MMA-010
CHAPTER 1
GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
1-1. INTRODUCTION.
This manual covers the description, installation, operation, scheduled maintenance, troubleshooting, correc-
tive maintenance, and parts lists of the pumping unit, Navy Standard Drawing No. 803-5773203 and is appli-
cable to the following ratings (table 1-1):
Table 1-1. Pump Ratings

Rating Configuration
125 PSI 750 GPM Figure 1-2
1-2. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
1-2.1 Warning/Caution/Note Usage. Warnings and cautions appearing throughout this technical manual are
critical to the safety of personnel and equipment. Before operating, troubleshooting, or performing maintenance
actions on the motor driven Navy Standard Titanium Centrifugal Pump (hereinafter referred to as the pumping
unit), review all warnings and cautions in this technical manual. Refer to the Safety Summary for a complete
listing of warnings and cautions. Warnings, cautions, and notes are defined as follows:
An operating or maintenance procedure, practice, condition, statement, etc.,

which, if not strictly observed, could result in injury or death of personnel.
An operating or maintenance procedure, practice, condition, or statement, etc.,

which, if not strictly observed, could result in damage or destruction of equip-
ment or loss of mission.
An essential operating and maintenance procedure, precondition, or statement.
1-1
S6225-W6-MMA-010
1-2.2 Additional Warnings. Operating procedures presented in this manual are not intended to modify or
replace approved operating procedures for the pumping unit.
1-3. EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION.

The pumping unit (figure 1-1) was designed by Worthington Pump Division of Dresser Industries, Inc. and
is built in accordance with MIL-P-17639E dated 23 March 1979 as modified by contract N00024-84-C-4261. It
is a horizontal, single stage, double volute centrifugal pump used to develop the required sea water pressure for
the ship’s fire fighting system. The pump is close coupled to a constant speed driving motor which is secured to
the ship’s foundation at the motor feet. For ships that require low noise installations, the unit is mounted on a
common bedplate which in turn is mounted to the ship’s foundation by means of four resilient mounts (figure
8-2). The pump suction and discharge flanges are secured to the ship’s suction and discharge piping manifolds,
respectively. These units were designed and manufactured to minimize vibration and noise by the use of quiet
operation bearings and a specially designed motor fan.
This equipment is designed and built for quiet operation. Extreme care must be
taken when handling this equipment to prevent any damage which might increase
operating noise levels.
For performance capabilities of the pumping unit, refer to the pump test curves, figures 1-2 through 1-7.
1-4. RELATIONSHIP OF COMPONENTS.

For a pictorial illustration depicting the components comprising the pumping unit, relative sizes, and rela-
tionships to each other, see figure 8-1.
1-5. REFERENCE DATA.

The pump characteristics are contained in tables 1-2, 1-3, and 1-4.
Table 1-2. Pump Characteristics

Rating (PSI) 125 150 125 125 150 175
(GPM) 750 750 900 1000 1000 1000
Liquid Pumped Sea water
Specific gravity 1.03
Liquid temperature 85°F max
Speed at capacity 3585 rpm
Efficiency at capacity 70.3% 71.5% 74% 75% 75% 76%
Rated input at capacity (BHP) 78 92 89 97 117 134
Max input at any condition (BHP) 95 116 101 115 134 167
Actual shutoff head (PSI) 147 170 154 161 183 207
Hydrostatic test pressure 315 PSIG
NPSHR, Max (Ft) 13 13 16.5 18.5 18.5 18.5
NPSHA, Max (Ft) 55 Ft
Critical speed 6533 RPM
1-2
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Table 1-2. Pump Characteristics - Continued
Maximum axial thrust load 31.3 lbs toward suction
Table 1-3. Principal Design Dimensions

Size of discharge 5 inch, MIL-F-20042; 250#
Size of suction 6 inch; MIL-F-20042; 250#
Size of casing vent 7/8-14 UNF; MS16142
Size of casing drain 3/4-16 UNF; MS16142
Size of seal head drain 3/4-16 UNF; MS16142
Size of seal vent 9/16-18 UNF; MS16142
Size of gage connections 9/16-18 UNF, MS16142
Running clearances (figure 7-1):
Impeller (2) vs casing wearing ring (1.2) 0.018-0.020 inch radial
Impeller (2) vs seal head wearing ring (3.2) 0.017-0.019 inch radial
Impeller (2) vs seal head (3) 0.026-0.037 inch radial
Table 1-4. Equipments, Accessories, and Documents Supplied

Qty Item Name or Nomenclature Overall Dimensions (inch) Weight and Volume
1 Pumping Unit Uncrated: Uncrated:
52 5/8 long 2495 lbs
34 1/2 wide 31.3 cu ft
28 1/8 high
Crated: Crated:
59 long 2700 lbs
40 wide 54.6 cu ft
40 high
1 Pump 13 long 300 lbs
26 wide 4.7 cu ft
24 5/8 high
1 Motor, frame 505Z Hansome:
39 5/8 long 2195 lbs
34 wide 21.5 cu ft
28 1/8 high
General Electric:
49 long 2086 lbs
32 3/4 wide 21.8 cu ft
23 1/2 high
1 Motor, frame 505DZ Mawdsley’s Limited
47.60 long 2230 lbs
32 wide
28 high
1 Baseplate (For low noise applications) 27 1/2 long 380 lbs
29 wide 3.0 cu ft
6 3/8 high
4 Resilient Mounts (For low noise applications) Type 6E900
2 S6225-W6-MMA-010, Technical Manual for Navy 8 1/2 x 11 x 3/4
Standard, Titanium Centrifugal Pump, 1000 GPM
(NAVSEA Drawing No. 803-5773203)
1-3
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Figure 1-1. Fire Pump - Horizontal
1-4
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Figure 1-2. Performance Curve - 125 PSI, 750 GPM
1-5
S6225-W6-MMA-010
1-6
S6225-W6-MMA-010
1-7
S6225-W6-MMA-010
1-8
S6225-W6-MMA-010
1-9
S6225-W6-MMA-010
1-10
S6225-W6-MMA-010
CHAPTER 2
OPERATION
2-1. INTRODUCTION.
Under normal conditions the firemain, sea water cooling, and flushing systems on various class ships are
supplied by the motor driven Navy Standard Titanium Centrifugal Pump. When used in conjunction with ship’s
EOSS, this chapter explains to operating personnel the operating procedures for normal conditions that may arise
while operating this pump.

Before operating this equipment, personnel should read and become thoroughly familiar with the Safety
Summary. Warnings, cautions, and notes are also located throughout this manual.
2-3. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS.

The controls and indicators for this equipment are not discussed in this manual.
2-4. OPERATING PROCEDURES.

There are four normal operating procedures for the pumping unit. These procedures are precheck, start-up,
inspection, and shutdown.
All personnel who operate the pumping unit should become familiar with its
operation including normal noises, temperatures, and gage pressure readings.
2-4.1 Pre-Operational Checks. Before starting the pumping unit, complete the following prechecks:
a. Close the discharge valve on the pump discharge line.

b. Open the suction valve on the pump suction line.
c. Ensure the recirculation (bypass valve) is locked open.
locked or dry condition will damage close running internal surfaces.
d. Vent the pump by opening the bleed-off valve on the top of the pump casing.
e. Line up the valves to the suction and discharge pressure gages so they indicate the pressure between the pump
suction and discharge valves.
2-1
S6225-W6-MMA-010
2-4.2 Startup. To start the fire pump proceed as follows:
a. Rotate the shaft by hand to ensure it turns freely.

b. Open applicable system isolation valves.
c. Turn on power to the pump motor in accordance with established ship’s procedures. Jog the pump motor to
ensure correct direction of pump rotation. If necessary, correct by switching any two motor leads.
d. Start the pump unit. Monitor discharge line pressure gage. As the pressure in the discharge line builds up,
slowly open the discharge valve.
2-4.3 Inspection. The following inspections should be made periodically during operation of the pumping unit,
and if there is a deviation from normal, the operator shall secure the pumping unit, investigate, and correct
immediately in accordance with table 5-1.
a. Listen for rubbing sounds, unusual noise, or vibration.

b. Watch for sea water leakage at casing joints or grease leakage from the bearing housings.
c. Check the temperature of each motor housing by touch. If the housing feels hot, determine its temperature
with a thermometer. Place the bulb directly on the housing and protect the bulb from the surroundings with
putty. Normal operating temperature is between 100°F and 150°F. Maximum allowable operating temperature
is 180°F. Pump should be monitored more frequently when temperature approaches 150°F.
d. Check the readings of the suction and discharge gages.
e. The pumping unit shall be inspected periodically for mechanical seal leakage. If the seal leakage exceeds 5
drops per minute, the leakage should be monitored more frequently. When the leakage rate is 45-60 drops per
minute, emergency packing should be installed and the mechanical seal should be replaced as soon as practi-
cal. The procedures for installing the emergency packing are given in paragraph 6-8.
2-4.4 Shutdown. To shutdown the pumping unit proceed as follows:
a. Press the STOP button.

b. Close the pump discharge valve.
c. Close the suction valve.
2-2
S6225-W6-MMA-010
CHAPTER 3
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
3-1. INTRODUCTION.
This chapter provides maintenance personnel with a general functional description of the pump portion, one
of the two major components that comprises the pumping unit. The pump receives its drive from the AC motor
(19). The rotation of the shaft and the impeller’s radial curved vanes in the water-filled cavity generates centrifu-
gal force sufficient to move the water from the suction piping to the discharge piping.
3-2. PUMP DESCRIPTION.

The principal features of the pump end portion of the pumping unit are illustrated and identified by piece
numbers in figure 6-7, and figure 7-1 and consist of the following:
3-2.1 Casing. The casing (1.1) is of the double volute type and is designed to produce a smooth flow with
gradual changes in velocity. It is provided with suction and discharge nozzles cast integral. The casing is also
provided with vent and drain connections. See figure 8-1 for location of vent and drain connections.
3-2.2 Seal Head. The seal head (3.1) provides for positioning the mechanical seal (10) or (10A) and is designed
with machined faces which register and space the casing with respect to the motor (19). The seal head is posi-
tioned by a rabbet fit on the casing and the motor mounting face.
A drain connection is provided to drain any overflow leakage from the stuffing box in case of seal failure.
The seal head is bolted to the casing by studs (1.4) and nuts (1.5) and to the motor with studs (3.6 and 3.7) and
nuts (3.8).
3-2.3 Wearing Rings. Both the casing and seal head are provided with renewable wearing rings (1.2U and
3.2U) to allow for renewal of design wearing clearances. The wearing rings are shrink fitted into the casing and
seal head and locked in place by #8-32 slotted set screws (1.3 and 3.3) which are located 180° apart.
3-2.4 Impeller. The impeller (2A through 2F) is of the single suction closed type keyed to the motor shaft by
the impeller key (8). The impeller is locked in position against the shaft sleeve (4) by means of the impeller nut
(6) and lockwasher (5).
3-2.5 Shaft Seal. The pump is furnished with either the original multi-spring mechanical seal (10) or the new
Navy Standard single-spring mechanical seal (10A). The Navy Standard seal is the preferred mechanical seal. It
uses an open spring design to resist silt build up and a harder carbon ring to increase its capability of handling
abrasive silt.
The mechanical seal is located in the seal head and is held in place by the mechanical seal gland (10.10).
The rotating portion of the mechanical seal is seated on the shaft sleeve. The stationary seat portion is held in
place by the mechanical seal gland which also has provisions to install two rings of 3/16 inch square packing
(10.14) to be used in case of mechanical seal failure. The rotating portion of the original multi-spring mechani-
cal seal is driven by two pins (2.1) on the impeller hub which engage in two slots provided in the seal retainer
(10.5) (see figure 6-6). The rotating portion of the Navy Standard seal is driven by the friction fit between the
seal diaphragm (10A.4) and the shaft sleeve. The seal retainer (10A.5) of the Navy Standard seal has four large
open slots to allow installation over existing pins (2.1). A connection is provided in the casing volute which sup-
3-1
S6225-W6-MMA-010
plies the water to flush and lubricate the mechanical seal faces. This connection is piped with 3/8-inch OD tub-
ing through a cyclone separator (11) and into the mechanical seal gland thus maintaining optimum shaft seal per-
formance. The sediments from the separator outlet are piped back to the pump suction. The mechanical seal gland
is furnished with a vent connection which is must be open when venting the pump.
3-3. PUMP OPERATION.

A centrifugal pump converts mechanical energy from the driver into kinetic energy of the pumped fluid. The
rotating impeller induces the fluid to flow into the impeller eye where, by means of centrifugal force, the fluid
is directed to the outer diameter of the impeller. As the fluid moves from the impeller eye to the outer diameter,
it is greatly accelerated by means of the impeller vanes. The resulting high velocity head at the vane tips is then
converted into pressure head by the design of the volute collector portion of the pump casing which directs the
flow to the casing discharge flange.
3-4. PUMPING UNIT.

The pumping unit is designed to operate at any of the rated conditions listed in table 1-2; the highest of which
is 1000 GPM at a discharge pressure of 175 PSIG. The pumping unit is suitable for continuous operation at any
flow rate between 30 GPM and free delivery with an available NPSH not to exceed 55 ft. at the free delivery
condition.
The pump must not be operated with a flow rate less than 30 GPM or the pump
will overheat and seize.
If at the free delivery condition 55 ft. NPSHA is exceeded, the pump will attempt
to run further out along the curve and will result in the motor overloading.
It is important to note that the recirculation bypass flow must not be directed into the suction side of the
pump, but must be directed overboard or to the suction sea chest.
The pump is balanced for operation at the rated condition of service, therefore,
operation at any other condition will have an effect on bearing vibration and
noise.
See figure 8-1 for the outline of the pump and motor.
3-2
S6225-W6-MMA-010
CHAPTER 4
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
4-1. INTRODUCTION.
The purpose of scheduled maintenance is to ensure continuous optimum performance of the pumping unit.
The scheduled maintenance instructions in this manual are not intended to dupli-
cate those furnished in the Planned Maintenance System (PMS), but are simply
recommended and are to be considered supplemental. In case of conflicts, the
PMS documentation takes precedence.
4-2. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE.
This index includes the preventive maintenance procedures and the scheduled performance tests that are
listed in table 4-1.
Table 4-1. Planned Maintenance Schedule (Pump End)

Reference
Component Status Frequency Maintenance Action Paragraph
Pump in Service Daily Visual inspection of the pump mechanical seal for 4-3
leakage.
Extended Shutdown Weekly Rotate motor shaft 4-4
4-3. VISUAL INSPECTION OF THE PUMP MECHANICAL SEAL FOR LEAKAGE.
Inspect mechanical seal for evidence of leakage. Acceptable leakage may vary from zero to five drops per
minute. When the leakage rate exceeds five drops per minute, the seal should be monitored more frequently. The
mechanical seal gland is provided with capability for installation of two preformed rings of 3/16 inch square
packing outside the mechanical seal. However, such packing rings should not be installed unless the leakage rate
is exceeding 45 drops per minute.
cool the emergency packing, damage will occur to the pumping unit.
4-1
S6225-W6-MMA-010
If emergency packing rings is installed, the seal should be replaced at the earli-
est opportunity. Refer to chapter 6 for seal replacement procedures.
4-4. EXTENDED SHUTDOWN.

During extended shutdown periods, the motor shaft should be rotated by hand several turns at least once a
week to prevent the binding of seal faces. If the pump is operational during these periods, it should be started
and placed in operation for a period of not less than the time required to run-in the seal faces (approximately 30
minutes).
4-5. GENERAL OPERATION.

During normal operation, any unusual noise, vibration or temperature indicates trouble which could result in
electrical or mechanical failure. Operation of the pumping unit should be discontinued until the cause is found
and corrected. Refer to chapter 5 and paragraph A-4 for troubleshooting, and chapter 6 and paragraph A-5 (Han-
some) or paragraph A-6 (G.E.) for corrective measures.
4-6. INTERMEDIATE AND DEPOT LEVEL MAINTENANCE.

Refer to chapter 6 and paragraph A-5 or paragraph A-6 for minor repairs such as replacement of wearing
rings, mechanical seal, impeller, bearings, and reconditioning motor insulation. If motor rework is required, it
shall be done in accordance with NAVSEA S6260-BJ-GTP-010, Volume 1, Electric Motor Repair.
4-2
S6225-W6-MMA-010
CHAPTER 5
TROUBLESHOOTING
5-1. INTRODUCTION.
This chapter provides information to aid maintenance personnel in isolating, identifying, and correcting mal-
functions in the mechanical and electrical systems of the motor driven Navy Standard Titanium Centrifugal
Pump. Refer to chapter 6, paragraph A-5, and paragraph A-6, Planned Maintenance System (PMS), and Mainte-
nance Requirement Cards (MRC), for adjustment, repair, and corrective maintenance procedures.

Before performing troubleshooting procedures, maintenance personnel should review and become thoroughly
familiar with the general safety notices and precautions listed in the Safety Summary. Naval Ships’ Technical
Manual (NSTM), chapters 300 (Electric Plant General), 302 (Electric Motors and Controllers), and 503 (Pumps)
contain additional safety information. Observe all precautions provided in this chapter and throughout the manual
to prevent injury to or death of personnel and equipment damage.
5-3. TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES.

Table 5-1, Pump Troubleshooting, provide diagnosis and correction of faults that may occur. The table assists
the operator in logical selection of possible areas of trouble and lead to the most rapid determination of the fault.
A list of possible causes directs attention to specific components. The type of malfunction and identification of
the component permit a logical decision to repair, replace, or investigate further in order to correct the fault. A
complete loss of control may be caused by two malfunctioning components acting together. Repair of one cause
may restore operation, but it may also permit a recurrence if the second malfunctioning component is not
repaired.
5-4. PRELIMINARY TROUBLESHOOTING.
5-4.1 Common Malfunctions. Troubleshooting is the systematic analysis and identification of a malfunction. It
requires an understanding of equipment operation and an ability to recognize the symptoms of faulty operation.
Troubleshooting procedures are based on the assumption that all operating and maintenance procedures have been
followed. These troubleshooting procedures are divided into four phases: identification of the symptom or mal-
function, identification of the immediate action, identification of the probable cause, and performance of the cor-
rective action. The troubleshooting table provided in this chapter is for assistance with operating problems. Most
symptoms/malfunctions may be detected by sight (leakage or gage reading), sound (abnormal noise), smell
(strange odors), and touch (excessive heat). First, check components that have been recently repaired or have a
history of failure. Be familiar with the normal gage readings. When a variation from the norm is noted, the
symptoms and causes must be determined and corrected.
5-4.2 Immediate Action. Immediate actions are listed in the troubleshooting table. Most of the immediate
actions require securing the pumping unit until analysis and identification of the malfunction are complete.
5-4.3 Probable Causes. Known probable causes of a malfunction are listed in the troubleshooting table.
Attempts should be made to reduce the most likely causes of a malfunction. Unusual sounds or overheating may
point directly to certain components or parts. Also, components that have been recently installed or serviced are
likely sources of failure.
5-1
S6225-W6-MMA-010
5-4.4 Corrective Action. Corrective actions are listed in the right hand column of the troubleshooting table
opposite each probable cause. Most corrective actions refer to chapter 6, paragraph A-5, and paragraph A-6 for
adjustment, alignment, repair, and/or replacement procedures.
Before taking corrective actions, ensure that the system is operating in accor-
dance with data shown in table 1-2 and information contained in chapter 2.
5-5. PERFORMANCE MONITORING CHARTS.

The performance curves are provided in figure 1-2 through figure 1-7.
5-6. MECHANICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS.

Seefigure 8-1 for the arrangement of the pumping unit. See figure 7-1, figure 7-2, figure 7-3, and table 7-2
and table 7-3 for the nomenclature, part identifying numbers, and necessary descriptive data.
Table 5-1. Pump Troubleshooting

Symptoms Immediate Action Probable Cause Remedy
1. Noisy operation. 1. Stop the motor. 1. Incomplete venting of pump 1. Vent pump.
during pump preoperational
check.
2. Suction valve is closed. 2. Open suction valve.
3. Pump cavitates due to low 3. Increase system pressure by
system pressure. adding another pump to the line.
4. Foreign material in pump. 4. Inspect pump internal cavities
for foreign material and remove.
5. Inspect pump internal parts
for damage. Repair as necessary.
5. Defective or damaged bear- 6. Replace bearings.
ings.
2. Excessive vibration. 1. Stop the motor 1. Shaft is bent. 1. Inspect shaft. Repair as neces-
sary.
2. Mounting bolts are loose. 2. Tighten loose mounting bolts.
3. Shaft assembly is unbalanced. 3. Have shaft balanced by repair
facility. Inspect impeller for
damaged or broken parts.
Replace damaged parts.
ings.
3. Bearing overheating. 1. Stop the motor. 1. Excessive grease on bearing. 1. Remove grease drain plug and
vent plug from bearing housing
and operate the pump for 30
minutes or until excess grease
has been expelled.
ings.
5-2
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Table 5-1. Pump Troubleshooting - Continued

3. Shaft is bent. 3. Inspect shaft. Repair as neces-
sary.
4. Excessive power. 1. Stop the motor. 1. Pumping too much liquid. Dis- 1. Increase discharge head pres-
charge head pressure is low. sure by adding another pump to
the line.
2. Excessive wearing ring clear- 2. Replace wearing rings.
ance.
ings.
4. Shaft is binding against cas- 4. Check shaft runout.
ing.
5. Shaft in bent. 5. Inspect shaft. Repair as neces-
sary.
5. Pump will not start. 1. Stop the motor. 1. Impeller locked. 1. Remove obstructions.
2. Electrical connections improp- 2. Correct electrical connections
erly made. and start motor.
6. Leakage through casing 1. Stop the motor. 1. Erosion of casing wall or seal- 1. Disassemble pump and
or at casing joints. ing surfaces. replace casing or send to a repair
facility.
7. Failure to deliver liquid. 1. Stop the motor. 1. Suction valve closed. 1. Open suction valve.
2. Pump not primed. 2. Vent pump. Fill pump and
suction line completely.
3. Suction line clogged. 3. Check the system to deter-
mine the blockage, then correct.
4. Impeller clogged. 4. Disassemble pump, inspect
impeller and remove any
obstruction.
8. Insufficient capacity. 1. Open suction 1. Suction line closed or valve 1. Open suction valve com-
valve. not fully open. pletely.
2. Check discharge 2. Discharge pressure is higher 2. Open discharge valve com-
pressure gage. than the rated pressure. pletely.
3. Check voltage at 3. Insufficient speed. 3. Check that motor is across the
motor terminals. line and receiving full voltage.
4. Stop the motor. 4. Air in liquid. 4. Vent pump and suction line;
fill completely.
5. Wrong direction of rotation. 5. Reverse any two of the motor
leads.
6. Insufficient submergence. 6. Check that at least 18 ft of
NPSH is available during opera-
tion.
7. Incorrect impeller diameter. 7. Check impeller diameter. If
wrong diameter, replace impeller.
8. Impeller passages partially 8. Inspect impeller and remove
clogged. any obstruction.
9. Excessive wearing clearance. 9. Check clearances (table 1-3).
Replace wearing rings if neces-
sary.
9. Insufficient pressure. 1. Check voltage at 1. Speed is too slow. 1. Check that motor is across the
motor terminals. line and receiving full voltage.
5-3
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Table 5-1. Pump Troubleshooting - Continued

2. Stop the motor. 2. Air in liquid. 2. Check pipe flange for leaks.
Tighten bolting as necessary.
3. Restricted flow to the pump. 3. Open suction valve com-
pletely.
4. Pumping higher flow than rat- 4. Put another pump on line as
ing. required to obtain required pres-
sure.
10. Pump loses prime after 1. Tighten all pipe 1. Air leaks in suction line. 1. Check for leaks and correct.
starting. connections.
2. Suction valve not fully open. 2. Open suction valve com-
pletely.
3. Obstruction in suction line. 3. Remove any obstruction.
4. Suction submergence less than 4. Check that suction is at least
required. 18 ft NPSHA during operation.
11. Stuffing box leaks more 1. Possible shaft seal failure. 1. Monitor the leakage rate.
than 5 drops per minute.
12. Stuffing box leaks more 1. Stop the motor. 1. Shaft seal failure. 1. Install emergency packing
than 45 drops per minute. rings. Replace with new shaft
seal as soon as possible.
13. Stuffing box leaks more 1. Stop the motor. 1. Emergency packing is too 1. Adjust the auxiliary gland cap
than 60 drops per minute loose. screws to reduce leakage rate to
with emergency packing less than steady stream.
installed. 2. Stuffing box is improperly 2. Remove emergency packing
packed. from the stuffing box.
14. Stuffing box overheat. 1. Stop the motor. 1. Auxiliary gland cap screws are 1. Adjust auxiliary gland cap
adjusted too tight. Not enough screws to have leakage of less
leakage to cool emergency pack- than steady stream.
ing.
2. Blocked mechanical seal water 2. Check the mechanical seal
line from casing to mechanical water lines for obstructions.
seal gland. Remove obstructions.
3. Cyclone separator is clogged. 3. Check cyclone separator for
obstructions. Remove obstruc-
tions and clean separator.
5-4
S6225-W6-MMA-010
CHAPTER 6
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
SECTION I
INTRODUCTION
6-1. INTRODUCTION.
This chapter contains information relating to corrective maintenance, adjustment, and repair of the major
pump components. Reference should be made to chapter 5 as a guide in determining the need for corrective
maintenance. Paragraphs A-5, A-6, and A-9 are associated with corrective maintenance for the Hansome, Gen-
eral Electric and Mawdsley’s Limited motors. Corrective maintenance requirements are contained in the follow-
ing sections of this chapter.
Section II - Adjustments and Alignment
Section III - Repair.
SECTION II
ADJUSTMENTS AND ALIGNMENT
6-2. ADJUSTMENTS AND ALIGNMENT.
The pumping unit does not require any alignments requiring external jigs, test equipment, or bench setups
during assembly. After any repair or part replacement that requires the removal of the pumping unit from its
foundation, it will have to be realigned with the ships piping and foundation; see chapter 8, Installation. As with
any low vibration equipments, it is very important that when mounting the pumping unit on its foundation, great
care be taken not to jar or unnecessarily bump unit. In general, HANDLE WITH CARE.
SECTION III
REPAIR
6-3. REPAIR PROCEDURES.
Repair procedures for the pump include replacement of wearing rings, shaft seal, impeller, and emergency
packing, removal and installation of casing studs
Do not use tools, files, etc., that have steel chips on them to avoid contaminat-
ing titanium with iron (steel) particles.
6-1
S6225-W6-MMA-010
6-4. RENEWAL OF WEARING RINGS.

If it is determined, through capacity test or dimensional inspection, that casing and seal head wearing rings
(1.2U) and (3.2U) should be renewed, the following procedures should be followed (see figure 6-7 and figure
7-1):
Summary.
equipment internally.
dance with ship procedures may result in injury to or death of personnel.
catastrophic pumping unit failure and flooding.
During disassembly, identify by tagging, match marking or taping similar parts,

as to location from which removed. Place all removed parts in a marked titanium
pump parts box, using ship’s name, compartment location, and pump serial num-
ber for easy identification.
a. Tag out the electrical power supply to the motor in accordance with ship’s procedures. The pump shall be
6-2
S6225-W6-MMA-010
removed as one assembly when the electric motor requires disassembly and reassembly for repair or inspec-
tion. Motor wiring at the pump should only be disconnected when the pump is to be removed as one assem-
bly.
b. Close suction and discharge valves. Drain unit by temporarily removing the pump discharge drain plug (1.8)
or lowest casing plug, and opening the pump vent valve. A vent valve may not be installed in the pump cas-
ing. If not, remove plug (1.9) where vent valve should be installed. When water stops draining from bottom
of pump casing, screw in drain plug (1.8) with O-ring, close vent valve, or screw in vent plug (1.9) with
O-ring.
c. Remove the suction, discharge and gage line piping.
d. Use an 11/16-inch or 13/16-inch wrench to disconnect mechanical seal tubing connector nuts (12.6.2), then
remove the 3 sections of the mechanical seal water tubing (12.5.1, 12.5.2, 12.5.3) and O-rings (12.6.5). Use
a 9/16-inch wrench to remove separator bracket cap screw (12.3), nuts (12.4) and lockwashers (12.2).
Remove separator (11) and place in a marked titanium pump parts box along with removed bracket bolts,
nuts, lockwashers, and tubing assemblies.
e. Remove nuts and bolts from the pump suction and discharge flanges. The last bolt removed from each pump
flange should slide freely out; if it does not, see chapter 8, Installation.
f. Prior to removing the pump casing, ensure that the short spool piece for the pump suction line is removed.
If no spool piece is provided, a section of the suction line will have to be removed. The pump suction and
discharge piping mating flanges to the pump casing flanges should be cleaned and openings blanked.
A 1 1/8-inch box wrench offset about an inch will greatly facilitate removing nuts
(1.5), especially the two bottom casing nuts.
g. Use a 1 1/8-inch wrench to remove nuts (1.5) from studs (1.4) on the pump casing (1.1).
h. Use a 1/2-inch wrench and remove the two jacking screws (3.5) from seal head (3.1). Insert jacking screws
(3.5) in pump casing (1.1) and turn evenly to force casing (1.1) from seal head (3.1). Place jacking bolts
back in seal head.
ging and hoisting procedures may result in injury to or death of personnel.

surfaces having close machined tolerances.
i. Using a lifting device or two persons, evenly pull casing back to free casing studs from seal head. The pump
casing must be moved straight back at least 6 inches to free the casing bolts from the seal head.
6-3
S6225-W6-MMA-010
j. Refer to figure 6-4. Use a two inch pin spanner per GGG-W-665B, Amendment 1, Type II, Grade A and
insert the spanner wrench pin into the pin hole on the rotor shaft, located between pump casing (1.1) and
seal head (3.1) adjacent to flinger (7). Extend the spanner wrench with a pipe extension piece and position
as shown to loosen the left hand threaded impeller nut 4 (6). The turning impeller nut will uncrimp lock-
washer (5). Remove impeller nut and lock washer from the shaft.
k. Remove pump impeller key (8) from its key way. Pull impeller (2) back evenly and remove from the rotor
shaft.
l. Use a 1/2-inch Allen wrench to remove four cap screws (9) to separate mechanical seal gland (10.10) from
seal head (3.1). Move mechanical seal gland back away from the seal head.
m. Use a 1 1/8-inch wrench to remove nuts (3.8) and centerbolts (3.6) and (3.7) securing seal head (3.1) to the
end of the motor assembly. Remove the separator bracket (12) and place it with the nuts and center bolts in
the marked titanium pump parts box.
n. Use a 1/2-inch wrench to turn jacking screws (3.5) to separate seal head from the rabbet fit at the end of the
motor assembly. Use a lifting device or two people to evenly pull the seal head clear off the motor rotor
shaft.
o. Turn motor rotor shaft by hand and lightly tap mechanical seal retainer (10.5 of multi-spring seal), figure
7-2 or (10.5A of single-spring seal), figure 7-3 with a rubber mallet as it rotates until it is loosen on shaft
sleeve (4). Remove mechanical seal rotating element from shaft sleeve and properly identify and place in
marked titanium pump parts box.
p. Remove two turns of packing (10.14) from auxiliary packing gland (10.12) if installed. Before sliding shaft
sleeve (4) off motor rotor shaft, measure and record the distance between the small end of the shaft sleeve
and the shaft shoulder adjacent to O-ring (4.1); see figure 7-1. This distance should be approximately .122
to .125 inch.
New impellers designed for use with the Navy Standard seal do not have drive
pins; the drive pins are not needed with the Navy Standard seal although if
present must still engage the retainer slots. If drive pins are not present, only the
Navy Standard seal can be used.
the seal retainer.
6-4
S6225-W6-MMA-010
q. Remove mechanical seal gland (10.10), auxiliary gland (10.12), O-ring (4.1), and flinger (7) from the motor
shaft. Identify parts and place in marked titanium pump parts box.
r. visually inspect the rotor shaft pump end for cracks. On areas suspected of having cracks, perform a dye
penetrant or magnetic particle test in accordance with MIL-STD-271. Replace shaft if cracks are found.
Visually examine impeller (2) keyway for deformed, cracked, or chipped edges or high spots. Defects not
repairable by machining are not acceptable.
s. Impeller wear areas require a 125 EMS finish. If impeller running clearance surface exceeds a 125 EMS fin-
ish (i.e. slightly worn, pitted, or scored) repair by machining a minimal amount of metal necessary to restore
surface finish, concentric with shaft bore within 0.0001 inch TIR.
finishes.
finish.
Impeller wear areas are to be turned only when grooving or marring is visible.
The impeller wear area can be turned in increments up to 0.050 inch, when used
with undersized wearing rings. If impeller wearing areas or any other areas have
been re-machined, they are not required to be reanodized.
t. Using micrometers, measure and record the outside diameter of the impeller wear areas.
u. Remove headless set screws (1.3) from casing wearing ring. To remove wearing ring (1.2U) use a vertical
boring machine if possible. This will preclude removing studs (1.4) from casing (1.1). Set casing in a ver-
tical boring machine and center for concentricity. Set tool to remove approximately 1/16 inch of the casing
wearing ring (1.2U) bore per cut, repeat until approximately 1/16 inch of ring material remains. Set tool to
remove .010 inch per cut. Repeat 0.010 inch cuts until casing wearing ring releases from fit. When a verti-
cal boring machine is not available, use an engine lathe. Studs (1.4) must first be removed from casing (1.1).
Do not heat the casing or studs during the stud removal procedure.
6-5
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Screw two nuts (1.5) back to back on studs (1.4). Use two 1 1/8-inch wrenches, hold bottom nut, tighten top
nut until stud moves, then hold top nut and turn bottom nut to loosen and remove stud. Remove all studs, and
center casing (1.1) for concentricity in the engine lathe chuck. Use the above procedures to remove wearing ring
(1.2U).
v. The wearing ring is installed in the casing with an interference fit. This interference is 0.001 to 0.005 inch
by design. An interference fit of 0.001 of an inch shall be used. Measure the I.D. of the casing wearing ring
area. Measure the O.D. of the new wearing ring (1.2U) and cut to provide an interference fit of 0.001 of an
inch. Place casing in an arbor press. Position machined wearing ring squarely over casing bore. Ensure
wearing ring is squarely in line with casing bore. Pull down on arbor press handle and press wearing ring
fully into casing bore. The wearing ring should press easily into the casing bore. Failure to press easily into
the casing bore is the result of either a machining error or a tilted wearing ring in the casing bore. Do not
hammer the ring into the casing bore fit.
w. The wearing ring (1.2U), supplied as a spare part, is furnished a minimum 0.053 inch undersize in the bore
in accordance with the design specification. This is done in order to facilitate replacement in the field in
event of wear beyond 0.040 inch radial clearance or pump performance requires such repair.
x. Calculate the new wearing ring ID by using the minimum diametrical clearance and the new impeller hub
diameter, as illustrated by the following example:
a. Assume the impeller hub OD you measured was 5.850 inches.
b. The minimum radial clearance is obtained from the Sectional Assembly (figure 7-1) as 0.018 inch.
c. The minimum diametrical clearance is 0.036 inch (2 x radial clearance). The dimension for machining
the wearing ring is obtained thus: Casing Wearing Ring ID = 5.850 + 0.036 = 5.886 inches.
y. Drill and tap for two #8-32 headless set screws (1.3) equally spaced 180° apart, between used holes. Use
care in drilling and tapping the staking holes, if drill or tap should break, the wearing ring will have to be
removed from the casing bore to retrieve the tap or drill. Install set screws and stake.
z. Machine the ID of the wearing ring to the calculated diameter. Use +0.002, - 0.000 inch as a machining tol-
erance. The surface finish of the ID should be 125 RMS or better. Before removing from the machine,
inspect to ensure roundness of the ring is within 0.002 inch total indicator reading.
To ensure that concentricity between the ID of the wearing ring and the aligning
fit of the casing is maintained, set the casing in the vertical boring machine such
that the aligning fit of the casing is indicated to 0.001 inch TIR (Total Indicator
Reading) maximum prior to the machining of the wearing ring ID to size. The
aligning fit and the wearing ring bore are machined concentric within 0.002 inch
TIR in the factory.
aa. The procedures, described in detail above, have been written specifically to install a new wearing ring in a
casing. The same procedures may be applied to installation of a wearing ring in a seal head. Wearing ring
(3.2U) for seal head (3.1) shall have an interference fit of 0.001 of an inch.
ab. Remove seal head (3.1) and pump casing (1.1) from engine lathe or vertical boring machine. If studs have
to be reinstalled in pump casing, use installation procedures set forth in paragraph 6-5.
ac. Transport seal head, pump casing, and marked titanium pump parts box to pump site for shipboard installa-
tions.
6-6
S6225-W6-MMA-010
ad. Slide flinger (7) on the motor shaft out of the way towards the motor. Lubricate and install new O-ring (4.1)
in the motor shaft groove.
ae. Slide auxiliary gland (10.12) and mechanical seal gland (10.10) with new O-ring (10.11) evenly inserted in
its O-ring groove, onto shaft. Rest mechanical seal gland and auxiliary gland against flinger.
To maintain the pumping unit low noise signature, surfaces between motor back
end bracket and seal head should be clean and free of paint and paint chips etc.
af. With a lifting device or two persons, lift seal head (3.1) and fit to the end of the motor assembly. Use a 1
1/8-inch wrench for nuts (3.8) and bolts (3.6) to secure seal head to the end of the motor. Install bolt (3.7)
with lockwasher (12.1) and nut (3.8) between separator bracket (12) and the flange at the flange at the end
of the motor assembly. Torque nuts (3.8) to value specified in table 6-2, and in the sequence shown in figure
6-5.
To maintain pumping unit low noise signature, threaded fastener torque values,
and torquing sequence must be used.
ag. Use a standard 1/2-inch Allen socket wrench to secure mechanical seal gland (10.10) with cap screws (9) to
seal head (3.1). Torque mechanical seal gland cap screws to value specified in table 6-2 and torquing
sequence shown in figure 6-5.
ah. Position auxiliary gland (10.12) and secure to mechanical seal gland (10.10) with cap screws (10.13). Torque
to 10-15 ft-lbs. Insert impeller key (8) in motor shaft keyway.
Do not use a key that exhibits corrosion.
Align shaft sleeve (4) keyway with impeller key and push on motor shaft.
ai. Push the rotating mechanical seal retainer (10.5) or (10.5A) on shaft sleeve (4) so that the back inside inter-
nal chamfer of retainer is flush with large end of shaft sleeve. Turn retainer so that the two slots in the back
6-7
S6225-W6-MMA-010
end of retainer are 90° from the shaft sleeve keyway centerline. This will ensure that the mechanical seal
drive pins (2.1), on back of impellers so fitted, will enter the mechanical seal retainer slots correctly.
The end result in either case is catastrophic failure of the pumping unit.
aj. Align impeller keyway with shaft keyway and push toward retainer. Ensure that impeller drive pins will
engage in retainer drive slots (see figure 6-6). Verify that the small end of the shaft sleeve is the same dis-
tance (.122 to .125 inch) from rotor shaft shoulder recorded in step 6-4.p. This distance must be accom-
plished to ensure large end of shaft sleeve is flush against the shaft shoulder.
ak. Place impeller lockwasher (5) on rotor shaft and align the dovetail so that it engages in impeller key. Install
left hand threaded impeller nut (6) on shaft. Use a two inch pin spanner wrench per GGG-W-665B, Amend-
ment 1, Type II, Grade A and position wrench with a pipe extension piece as shown in figure 6-4 to hold
shaft. Use a torque wrench with a 1 1/8-inch socket to tighten impeller nut to the torque specified in table
6-2.
al. Check the runout of the impeller wearing surface which mates with the casing wearing ring on outboard side
of impeller using a dial indicator as shown in figure 6-3. The total indicator reading should not exceed 0.002
of an inch. Readings in excess 0.002 of an inch indicate either the shaft runout is excessive or the impeller
wearing surface is eccentric.
am. In case of excessive impeller runout, verify the following areas:
a. Shaft runout at impeller fit diameter, should not exceed 0.001 inch TIR.
b. Check squareness of shaft sleeve end face which mates with impeller hub. Runout should not exceed
0.001 inch TIR.
c. Check impeller hub faces for squareness to shaft bore, which should be within 0.001 inch TIR.
6-8
S6225-W6-MMA-010
d. Check concentricity of wearing surfaces. Wearing surfaces should be concentric to shaft bore within
0.002 inch TIR.
e. Repair as necessary.
an. Lock impeller nut (6) by crimping impeller lockwasher (5) edge against one flat of impeller nut as shown
in figure 7-1.
ao. Verify that the O-ring (1.6) seating area on the seal head for casing (1.1) to seal head (3.1) is clean and free
of any nicks or burrs.

ap. Lubricate new O-ring (1.6) with 2190 TEP lube oil and install in pump casing O-ring groove. Using two
persons or a lifting device, lift the casing into position on seal head. Install casing so that studs (1.4) pass
through the correct holes in seal head.
aq. Use a 1 1/8-inch wrench to tighten nuts (1.5) on studs (1.4). Torque nuts (1.5) to the value specified in table
6-2, and in the sequence shown in figure 6-5.
causing unsatisfactory operation or failure.
A 1 1/8-inch box wrench offset about an inch will greatly facilitate installing nuts
(1.5); particularly the two bottom casing nuts.
the system flanges to prevent corrosion.
6-9
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Piping flanges should have no spring in any direction. Axial alignment shall per-
mit the flange bolts to slide freely into the mating flange holes. Facial alignment
shall not exceed 1/32 of an inch.
ar. Verify that axial alignment permits the flange bolts to slide freely into the mating flange holes. Verify that
facial alignment does not exceed 1/32-inch. If these requirements are not met, see chapter 8, Installation.
When axial and facial alignments are correct, make up the pump casing suction and discharge piping flange
connections.

For equipment with galvanic isolation kits (installed by SCD-79185 (MA-670) or other means), ensure gal-
vanic isolation components are arranged as shown in figure 8-4. Torque the suction and discharge flange fasten-
ers to 60 Ft-Lbs.
as. Turn pump shaft by hand to ensure that it rotates freely.
at. Position separator (11) into separator bracket (12) with bracket and separator mounting holes in alignment.
Using a 9/16-inch wrench, tighten cap screws (12.3), lockwashers (12.2) and nuts (12.4) in separator mount-
ing holes. Use an 11/16-inch wrench to connect mechanical seal tubing (12.5.1, 12.5.2, 12.5.3) to connec-
tor bodies (12.6.1) with connector nuts (12.6.2) and O-rings (12.6.5). Ensure connector nuts (12.6.2) do not
have their threads crossed when they are tightened. Install suction and discharge gauge piping and gauges
in their respective fittings on the pump.
au. Open applicable isolation valves. Remove casing and mechanical seal gland vent plugs (or open vent valves
if installed). Vent the pump and seal, then reinstall vent plugs (or close vent valves).
av. Remove motor circuit tags and restore power to the unit in accordance with established ship’s procedures.
Jog the motor to ensure correct direction of rotation (CW when viewed from suction end of pump). If nec-
essary, correct by switching any two motor leads.
aw. The pump is now ready for installation checkout in accordance with paragraph 8-10.
6-5. CASING STUD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.

If during disassembly for corrective maintenance it is found that any casing stud needs to be replaced due to
damage incurred during disassembly, proceed as follows:
6-10
S6225-W6-MMA-010
a. Use the two nut back to back method to loosen and remove a stud. Tighten two nuts back to back on a stud.
With two wrenches, hold bottom nut, force top nut in a clockwise direction until stud turns slightly. Hold top
nut and turn bottom nut to unscrew stud. Reverse the foregoing procedure to reinstall casing studs. Shop
experience has shown that the back to back method for stud removal is faster and easier than when a stud
remover tool is used.
Do not heat the casing or stud during the stud removal procedure.
b. Stud Installation. Prior to replacing studs, both internal and external threads must be clean, dry, oil free and
in good condition.
c. Wash all parts in a good grade of halogen free commercial solvent such as isopropyl alcohol, taking care to
observe the recommended safety precautions.
Primers and chlorinated cleaning solvents are not to be used with titanium.
d. Dry parts with dry, oil-free compressed air or allow to dry by evaporation.
prevent injury to personnel, wear proper protective gear including goggles.
is clean and dry. Moisture in an air line causes rust.
e. The studs and tapped holes have class 3 fit. Studs are to be installed by hand using locking compound in
accordance with MIL-S-46143, Type I, Grade K.
Excessive or repeated skin contact with anaerobic adhesive/sealants may cause

skin irritation. In case of contact with skin, remove promptly by washing. To
avoid skin contact, use an applicator.
f. Apply locking compound to threads in tapped hole from approximate midpoint to bottom of hole.
g. Apply locking compound on set-end of studs from the bottom up to approximately 2/3 of the length.
6-11
S6225-W6-MMA-010
h. Install studs until stud standout is 1 7/8 inches. This operation should be performed carefully so that the
trapped air between blind hole and stud bottom has time to escape. Studs should be installed within two hours
after applying the locking compound.
i. After stud installation, remove excess locking compound.
j. Allow joint to cure for three to four hours before inspecting stud.
k. Inspection of back out torque. After all studs are installed, and locking compound has cured, mark the exposed
end of each stud with a reference line oriented radially in relation to the bolt circle. Marking is to be by scribe
or electro-etch type device that will leave a permanent mark in the metal. Note the position of the stud refer-
ence mark relative to the radial orientation of the bolt circle. Using a stud driver or lock nuts, attach a torque
wrench to stud, attempt to back the stud out of tapped hole by gradually applying torque up to the maximum
value specified in note 2 of table 6-2. Do not exceed this value. If inspection of the reference mark shows
no movement of stud, the joint is acceptable. If movement is observed, the stud shall be removed and rein-
stalled in accordance with procedures described above.
6-6. RENEWAL OF SHAFT SEAL.
The pump is furnished with either the original multi-spring (10) or the new Navy Standard single-spring
(10A) mechanical seal. If available, the new Navy Standard single-spring mechanical seal will be used for all
seal replacements. Proceed as follows: See figure 6-7, figure 7-1, figure 7-2 or figure 7-3.
Summary.
6-12
S6225-W6-MMA-010

bly.
of pump casing, screw in drain plug (1.8) with O-ring and screw in vent plug (1.9) with O-ring.
c. Remove the suction, discharge, and gauge line piping. Use an 11/16-inch or 13/16-inch wrench to disconnect
mechanical seal tubing connector nuts (12.6.2), and then remove the 3 sections of the mechanical seal water
tubing (12.5.1, 12.5.2, 12.5.3) and O-rings (12.6.5). Use a 9/16-inch wrench to remove separator bracket cap
screws (12.3), nuts (12.4), and lock washers (12.2). Remove separator (11) and place in marked box along
with removed bracket bolts, nuts, and lock washers and tubing assemblies.
d. Remove pump nuts and bolts securing the pump casing 6 inch suction and 5 inch discharge flanges to their
respective piping flanges. The last bolt removed from each pump flange should slide freely out; if it does
not, see chapter 8, Installation. The ship’s pump suction and discharge piping mating flanges to the pump
casing flanges should be cleaned and openings blanked.
e. Prior to removing the pump casing, ensure that the short spool piece for the pump suction line is removed.
If no spool piece is provided, a section of the suction line will have to be removed.
f. Use a 1 1/8-inch wrench to remove nuts (1.5) from studs (1.4) on the pump casing (1.1).
(1.5); particularly the two bottom casing nuts.
g. Use a 1/2-inch wrench and remove the two jacking screws (3.5) from seal head (3.1). Insert jacking screws
(3.5) in pump casing (1.1) and turn evenly to force casing (1.1) from seal head (3.1). Place jacking bolts back
in seal head.
6-13
S6225-W6-MMA-010

h. Using a lifting device or two people, evenly pull casing back to free casing studs from seal head. The pump
i. Refer to figure 6-4. To loosen the impeller nut (6), use a two inch pin spanner wrench, per GGG-W-665B,
Amendment 1, Type II, Grade A and insert the spanner wrench pin into the pin hole on the motor shaft,
located between the pump casing (1.1) and the seal head (3.1), adjacent to flinger (7). Extend the spanner
wrench with a pipe extension piece as shown. Use a 1 1/8-inch wrench to remove the left hand threaded
impeller nut. The turning impeller nut will uncrimp the impeller lockwasher (5). Remove impeller nut and
lockwasher from the motor shaft.
j. Remove pump impeller key (8) from its key way. Pull the impeller (2) evenly and remove from the shaft.
k. Examine the impeller and determine all necessary repairs to comply with the requirements of table 1-3 and
table 6-1. If final machining of the impeller exceeds the dimensional requirements of table 6-1, the impeller
must be replaced.
l. Use a 1/2-inch Allen wrench to remove four cap screws (9) to separate mechanical seal gland (10.10) from
seal head. The action of the mechanical seal springs will push mechanical seal gland (10.10) away from seal
head.
m. Use a 1 1/8-inch wrench to remove nuts (3.8) and centerbolts (3.6) and (3.7) securing seal head to the end
of the motor assembly. Remove the separator bracket (12) and place it with the nuts and center bolts in the
marked titanium pump parts box.
n. Use a 1/2-inch wrench to turn jacking screws (3.5) to separate seal head from the rabbet fit at the end of the
motor assembly. Using a lifting device or two people, evenly pull the seal head clear of the motor shaft.
Mechanical seal parts appearing inside the parentheses ( ) are multi-spring seal
parts. Single-spring seal parts are indicated inside the brackets [ ].
6-14
S6225-W6-MMA-010
o. Turn motor shaft by hand and lightly tap mechanical seal retainer (10.5) [10A.5] with a rubber mallet as it
rotates until it is loose on shaft sleeve (4). Remove mechanical seal rotating element from shaft sleeve. Iden-
tify properly and place in marked titanium pump parts box.
p. Before sliding shaft sleeve (4) off motor shaft, measure and record the distance between the end of the shaft
sleeve and the shaft shoulder adjacent to O-ring (4.1). This distance should be approximately 0.122 - 0.125
inch.
the seal retainer.
Remove two turns of packing (10.14) from auxiliary packing gland (10.12) if installed, before removing shaft
sleeve.
q. Remove mechanical seal gland (10.10), O-ring (4.1) auxiliary gland (10.12) and flinger (7) from the motor
shaft. Identify parts and place in marked titanium pump parts box.
r. Visually inspect the rotor shaft pump end for cracks. On areas suspected of having cracks, perform a dye
penetrant or magnetic particle test in accordance with MIL-STD-271. Replace shaft if cracks are found.
Visually examine impeller (2) keyway for deformed, cracked, or shipped edges or high spots. Defects not
repairable by machining are not acceptable.
s. Impeller wear areas require 125 EMS finish. If impeller running clearance surface exceeds 125 EMS (i.e.
slightly worn, pitted, or scored) repair by machining a minimal amount of metal necessary to restore surface
finish, concentric with shaft bore within 0.0001 inch TIR.
finishes.
Do not turn wear area beyond that dimension required to establish the 125 EMS
finish.
The impeller wear. area can be turned in increments up to 0.050 inch, when used
6-15
S6225-W6-MMA-010
t. Slide flinger (7) and auxiliary gland (10.12) on the motor shaft out of the way towards the motor. Install new,
properly lubricated O-ring (4.1) in the motor shaft groove.
u. Install new mechanical seal stationary face with lubricated O-ring (10.2) [10A.2] into mechanical seal gland
(10.10). Slide mechanical seal gland (10.10), auxiliary gland (10.12) with new O-ring (10.11) evenly inserted
in its O-ring groove, onto motor shaft. Rest mechanical seal gland and auxiliary gland against flinger.
To maintain the pumping unit low noise signature, surfaces between motor back
end bracket and seal head should be clean and free of paint and paint chips etc.
v. With a lifting device or two persons, lift seal head (3.1) and fit to the end of the motor assembly. Use a 1
1/8-inch wrench for nuts (3.8) and bolts (3.6) to secure seal head to the end of the motor assembly. Install
bolt (3.7) with lockwasher (12.1) and nut (3.8) between separator bracket (12) and the flange at the end of
the motor. Torque nuts (3.8) to value specified in table 6-2, and in the sequence shown in figure 6-5.
w. Verify that the O-ring (1.6) seating area on the seal head for casing to seal head is clean and free of any nicks
or burrs.
x. Use a standard 1/2-inch Allen socket wrench to secure mechanical seal gland (10.10) with cap screws (9) to
seal head (3.1). Torque screws to value specified in table 6-2, and in the sequence shown in figure 6-5.
y. Position auxiliary gland (10.12) and loosely secure to mechanical seal gland (10.10) with cap screws (10.13).
Insert impeller key (8) in motor shaft keyway.
Align shaft sleeve (4) keyway with impeller key and push on motor shaft.
z. Push the new rotating mechanical seal retainer (10.5) [10A.5] on shaft sleeve (4) so that the back inside
internal chamfer of retainer is flush with large end of shaft sleeve (4). Turn retainer so that the two slots in
6-16
S6225-W6-MMA-010
the back end of retainer are 90° off the sleeve (4) keyway centerline. This will ensure that the mechanical
seal drive pins (2.1), on the back of impellers so fitted, will enter the mechanical seal slots correctly.
aa. Align impeller keyway with shaft key and push toward retainer. Ensure that impeller drive pins (2.1) will
engage in retainer drive slots (see figure 6-6). Verify that the small end of shaft sleeve is the same distance
from motor shaft shoulder recorded in step 6-6.p. This distance must be accomplished to ensure drive pins
(2.1) are engaged in retainer (10.5) [10A.5] drive slots and large end of shaft sleeve (4) is flush against the
shaft shoulder.
ab. Place impeller lockwasher (5) on rotor shaft and align the dovetail so that it engages in impeller key. Install
left hand threaded impeller nut (6) on shaft. Use a 2-inch pin spanner wrench per GGG-W-665B, Amend-
ment 1, Type II, Grade A and a pipe extension piece and position as shown in figure 6-4 to hold shaft to
tighten impeller nut. Use a torque wrench with a 1 1/8-inch socket and tighten impeller nut to the torque
specified in table 6-2. Crimp lockwasher (5) on one flat of impeller nut (6).
ac. Check the runout of the impeller wearing surface which mates with the casing wearing ring (known as
impeller ring turn) on outboard side of impeller using a dial indicator as shown in figure 6-3. The total indi-
cator reading should not exceed 0.002 of an inch. Readings in excess of 0.002 on an inch indicate either the
shaft runout is excessive or the impeller wearing surface is eccentric. In case of excessive impeller runout,
verify the following areas:
b. Check squareness of shaft sleeve (4) end face which mates with impeller (2) hub. Run out should not
exceed 0.001 inch TIR.
6-17
S6225-W6-MMA-010
d. Check concentricity of wearing surfaces. Wearing surfaces should be concentric to shaft bore within 0.002
inch TIR.

ad. Lubricate new O-ring (1.6) with 2190 TEP lube oil and install in pump casing O-ring groove. Install casing
(1.1) so that studs (1.4) pass through the correct holes in seal head. Using a lifting device or two persons, lift
the casing into position on seal head. Use a 1 1/8-inch wrench to tighten nuts (1.5) on studs (1.4).
A 1 1/8-inch box wrench offset about an inch will greatly facilitate installing nuts
(1.5), particularly the two bottom casing nuts.
Torque nuts (1.5) to the value specified in table 6-2, and in the sequence shown in figure 6-5.
6-18
S6225-W6-MMA-010
ae. Verify that axial alignment of pump piping flanges permits the flange bolts to slide freely into the mating
flange holes. If they do not, see chapter 8, Installation. Verify that facial alignment does not exceed 1/32 of
an inch. When axial and facial alignments are correct, make up the pump casing suction and discharge pip-
ing flange connections.

ers to 60 Ft-Lbs.
af. Turn pump shaft by hand to ensure that it rotates freely.
ag. Use a 3/16-inch Allen wrench and tighten cap screws (10.13) to secure the auxiliary packing gland (10.12).
ah. Position separator (11) into separator bracket (12) with bracket and separator mounting holes in alignment.
Use a 9/16-inch wrench and tighten cap screws (12.3), lockwashers (12.2) and nuts (12.4) in separator
mounting holes. Use an 11/16-inch wrench to connect mechanical seal tubing (12.5.1, 12.5.2, 12.5.3), to con-
nector bodies (12.6.1) with connector nuts (12.6.2) and O-rings (12.6.5). Ensure connection nuts (12.6.2) do
not have their threads crossed when they are tightened. Install suction and discharge gauge piping and gauges
in their respective fitting on the pump.
ai. Open applicable isolation valves.
aj. Remove casing and mechanical seal gland vent plugs (or open vent valves, if installed). Vent the pump and
seal, then reinstall vent plugs (or close vent valves).
ak. Restore power to the pump motor in accordance with established ship’s procedures. Jog the motor to ensure
correct direction of pump rotation (CW as viewed from suction end of pump). If necessary, correct by
switching any two motor leads.
al. Refer to paragraph 8-10 for installation checkout.
6-19
S6225-W6-MMA-010
6-7. RENEWAL OF IMPELLER.

When it is necessary to renew the impeller, proceed as follows: See figure 6-7 and figure 7-1.
Summary.

bly.
6-20
S6225-W6-MMA-010
of pump casing, screw in drain plug (1.8) with O-ring and screw in vent plug (1.9) with O-ring.
c. Remove the suction, discharge, and gauge line piping. Use an 11/16-inch or 13/16-inch wrench to disconnect
mechanical seal tubing connector nuts (12.6.2), and then remove the 3 sections of the mechanical seal water
tubing (12.5.1, 12.5.2, 12.5.3) and O-rings (12.6.5). Use a 9/16-inch wrench to remove separator bracket cap
screws (12.3), nuts (12.4), and lock washers (12.2). Remove separator (11) and place in marked box along
with removed bracket bolts, nuts, lock washers, and tubing assemblies.
d. Remove pump nuts and bolts securing the pump casing 6-inch suction and 5-inch discharge flanges to their
respective piping flanges. The last bolt removed from each pump flange should slide freely out; if not, see
chapter 8, Installation. The ship’s pump suction and discharge piping mating flanges to the pump casing
flanges should be cleaned and openings blanked.
e. Prior to removing the pump casing, ensure that the short spool piece for the pump suction line is removed.
If no spool piece is provided, a section of the suction line will have to be removed.
f. Use a 1 1/8-inch wrench and remove nuts (1.5) from studs (1.4) on the pump casing (1.1).
(1.5), particularly the two bottom casing nuts.
g. Use a 1/2-inch wrench and remove the two jacking screws (3.5) from seal head (3.1). Insert jacking screws
(3.5) in pump casing (1.1) and turn evenly to force casing (1.1) from seal head (3.1). Place jacking bolts back
in seal head.

h. Using a lifting device or two people, evenly pull casing back to free casing studs from seal head. The pump
i. Refer to figure 6-4. Use a two inch pin spanner wrench, per GGG-W-665B, Amendment 1, Type II, Grade A
and insert the spanner wrench pin into the pin hole on the motor shaft, located between the pump casing (1.1)
and the seal head (3.1), adjacent to flinger (7). Using a pipe extension piece, extend the spanner wrench and
6-21
S6225-W6-MMA-010
position as shown to loosen the impeller nut (6). Use a 1 1/8-inch wrench to remove the left hand threaded
impeller nut. The turning impeller nut will uncrimp the impeller lockwasher (5). Remove impeller nut and
lockwasher from the motor shaft.
j. Remove pump impeller key (8) from its key way. Pull the impeller (2) evenly and remove from the shaft.
k. Remove impeller and visually inspect the rotor shaft pump end for cracks. On areas suspected of having
cracks, perform a dye penetrant or magnetic particle test in accordance with MIL-STD-271. Replace shaft if
cracks are found. Visually examine impeller (2) keyway for deformed, cracked, chipped edges or high spots.
Defects not repairable by machining are not acceptable. Impeller wear areas require 125 EMS finish. If
impeller running clearance surface exceeds 125 EMS finish, (i.e. worn, pitted, or scored) repair by machin-
ing a minimal amount of metal necessary to restore surface finish, concentric with shaft bore within 0.0001
inch TIR.
finishes.
finish.
The impeller wear area can be turned in increments up to 0.050 inch, when used
Repairs shall comply with the requirements of table 1-3 and table 6-1. If final machining of the impeller
exceeds the dimensional requirements of table 6-1, the impeller must be replaced.
Table 6-1. Impeller Diameters

Pump Rating D1 inch D2 inch Part No.
750 GPM @ 125 PSI 8.844 8.422 2A
750 GPM @ 150 PSI 9.438 8.984 2B
900 GPM @ 125 PSI 9.031 8.594 2C
1000 GPM @ 125 PSI 9.250 8.781 2D
1000 GPM @ 150 PSI 9.735 9.265 2E
1000 GPM @ 175 PSI 10.375 9.875 2F
6-22
S6225-W6-MMA-010
If impeller wear O.D. areas are turned, the impeller must be dynamically bal-
anced by removing metal wherever necessary from the front or back shrouds.
Figure 6-1. Impeller Diameters
l. When the impeller (2) is replaced, wearing rings (1.2U) and (3.2U) must be checked for design clearances
specified in table 1-3. When table 1-3 design clearances can not be obtained, install new wearing rings as set
forth in paragraph 6-4. New impeller is normally furnished with outside diameters machined for the appli-
cable pump rating.
m. Fit an arbor in the impeller bore. Install a key (8) into impeller keyway. Position the assembly on a two plane
balancing machine. The operator can now determine the point and magnitude of unbalance for each plane.
finishes.
Filing and deburring on external surfaces shall be performed with clean carbide
or steel hand tools. Grinding and polishing shall be performed with resin, or rub-
ber bonded aluminum oxide, or silicon carbide grinding wheels, or cloth polish-
ing wheels, or discs that will assure a cleanly cut surface.
n. Remove metal from the shroud of the impeller at the point of unbalance. Maximum depth of grinding is 0.04
inch. The metal must be removed in such a manner that it will not disfigure the contour of the surface from
which it is removed. Refer to figure 6-2.
6-23
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Figure 6-2. Impeller Balance
o. The surface of the excavated area must have a finish equal to the surrounding areas. The other plane of
unbalance is corrected in the same manner as stated above. Maximum residual unbalance is 0.02 ounce-inch
in each plane of correction.
p. Align impeller (2) keyway with shaft key (8) and push toward mechanical seal retainer (10.5 of multi-spring
seal) or (10.5A of single-spring seal).
Ensure that impeller drive pins (2.1), if fitted, will engage in retainer drive slots (see figure 6-6). Verify that
the small end of shaft sleeve (4) is 0.122-0.125 inch from rotor shaft shoulder. This distance must be accom-
plished to ensure drive pins (2.1) are engaged in retainer drive slots and large end of shaft sleeve (4) is flush
against the shaft shoulder.
6-24
S6225-W6-MMA-010
q. Place impeller lockwasher (5) on rotor shaft and align the dovetail so that it engages in impeller key (8).
Install left hand threaded impeller nut (6) on shaft using a two inch pin spanner wrench per GGG-W-665B,
Amendment 1, Type II, Grade A, and a pipe extension piece. Position them as shown in figure 6-4 to hold
shaft to tighten impeller nut (6). Use a torque wrench with a 1 1/8-inch socket and tighten impeller nut to the
torque specified in table 6-2. Crimp lockwasher (5) on one flat of impeller nut (6).
r. Check the runout of the impeller wearing surface which mates with the casing wearing ring (known as impel-
ler ring turn) on outboard side of impeller using a dial indicator as shown in figure 6-3. The total indicator
reading should not exceed 0.002 of an inch. Reading in excess of 0.002 of an inch indicates that either the
shaft runout is excessive or the impeller wearing surface is eccentric. In case of excessive impeller runout,
verify the following areas:
exceed 0.001 inch TIR.
d. Check concentricity of wearing surfaces. Wearing surfaces should be concentric to shaft bore within 0.002
inch TIR.
Figure 6-3. Method for Checking Impeller Runout
6-25
S6225-W6-MMA-010

s. Lubricate new O-ring (1.6) with 2190 TEP lube oil and install in pump casing O-ring groove. Install casing
so that studs (1.4) pass through the correct holes in seal head. Using a lifting device or two persons, lift the
casing into position on seal head. Use a 1 1/8-inch wrench to tighten nuts (1.5) on studs (1.4).
A 1 1/8-inch box wrench off-set about an inch will greatly facilitate installing
nuts (1.5), particularly the two bottom casing nuts.
Torque nuts (1.5) to the value specified in table 6-2, and in the sequence shown in figure 6-5.
6-26
S6225-W6-MMA-010
t. Verify that axial alignment of pump piping flanges permits the flange bolts to slide freely into the mating
flange holes. Verify that facial alignment does not exceed 1/32 of an inch. If these requirements are not met,
see chapter 8, Installation. When axial and facial alignments are correct, make up the pump casing suction
and discharge piping flange connections.

ers to 60 Ft-Lbs.
u. Turn pump shaft by hand to ensure that it rotates freely.
v. Position separator (11) into separator bracket (12) with bracket and separator mounting holes in alignment.
mounting holes. Use an 11/16-inch wrench and connect mechanical seal tubing (12.5.1, 12.5.2, 12.5.3), to
connector bodies (12.6.1) with connector nuts (12.6.2) and O-rings (12.6.5). Ensure connector nuts (12.6.2)
do not have their threads crossed when they are tightened. Install suction and discharge gauge piping in their
respective fitting on the pump.
w. Open applicable isolation valves.
x. Remove casing and mechanical seal vent plugs (or open vent valves, if installed). Vent the pump and seal by
allowing water to flow out the vent holes. Reinstall the vent plugs (close vent valves).
y. Restore power to the pump motor in accordance with established ship’s procedures. Jog the motor to ensure
correct direction of pump rotation (CW as viewed from suction end of pump). If necessary, correct by
switching any two motor leads.
z. Refer to paragraph 8-10 for installation checkout.
6-27
S6225-W6-MMA-010
6-8. EMERGENCY PACKING INSTALLATION.
To install the emergency packing in case of mechanical seal failure, the following procedures should be fol-
lowed (see figure 6-7 and figure 7-1):
Summary.
cool the emergency packing, damage will occur to the pumping unit.
6-28
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Install emergency packing rings with the failed seal left in place.
a. With power and pump isolated, remove screws (10.13) and pull auxiliary gland (10.12) back.
b. The stuffing box is to be packed with two 3/16 inch square packing rings (10.14) measuring approximately 2
1/4 ID x 2 5/8 OD. Pre-cut or rope form packing may be used. Either a square ″butt″ cut or a 30° to horizon-
tal ″scarf″ cut method of terminating the packing is acceptable. The instructions for installing packing apply
equally to both types.
c. Install one ring of packing by inserting one end into the stuffing box first. Using a finger, gradually press the
ring starting at the end and working around the circumference of the ring until it is evenly positioned in the
stuffing box. Ensure that 1/8 inch gap exists between the ends of the ring.
d. Repeat step 6-8.c to install the second packing ring. Stagger the ring joints approximately 180°.
e. Depress the packing ring into the stuffing box and check by measurement that the ring is uniformly down to
its fullest extent.
f. Install auxiliary gland (10.12) with screws (10.13). Hand tighten the screws (10.13) until it makes contact with
the top packing ring.
g. Rotate the shaft by hand to ensure that shaft turns freely.
h. Open applicable isolation valves.
i. Remove casing and mechanical seal vent plugs (or open vent valves, if installed). Vent the pump and seal until
a steady stream of water exits from vent holes. Reinstall the vent plugs (close vent valves).
j. Restore power to the pump motor in accordance with established ship’s procedures. Jog the motor to ensure
correct direction of pump rotation (CW as viewed from suction end of pump). If necessary correct by switch-
ing any two motor leads.
Do not wear loose clothing while working around rotating machinery.

k. Start the pumping unit. Open the discharge valve fully. Monitor the gland leakage. Gland leakage slightly
less than that of a steady stream is adequate for cooling of the packing rings. One symptom of inadequate
cooling is steam coming from the stuffing box. The gland leakage can be controlled by adjusting the auxiliary
gland screws (10.13). Tightening will gradually reduce the leakage, and vice versa. Allow 15 to 30 minutes
between adjustments to stabilize.
6-29
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Table 6-2. Torque Values

Figure & Index Number Name Torque Ft-Lbs Remarks
7-1-1.5 Casing to Seal Head 110-125 1 and 2
7-1-3.8 Motor to Seal Head 85-90 1
7-1-6 Impeller Nut 50-60
7-1-9 Mechanical Seal Gland To Seal Head 45-55
8-4 Pump Suction and Discharge Flanges to Sys- 60 3
tem Piping Flanges
1
Lubricate nut end of stud with Molykote, type G (Molybdenum Disulfide, Mineral Oil Lithium Soap Base).
2
The setting end of studs (1.4) are class 3A fit and secured to casing with locking resin in accordance with MIL-
S-46163, Type I, Grade K. Approximate backout torque for removing studs set with locking resin is 60 Ft-Lbs.
Backout inspection torque is 20 Ft-Lbs maximum.
3
For equipment with galvanic isolation kits (installed by SCD-79185 (MA-670) or other means), the suction and
discharge flange fasteners should not be torqued to greater than 60 Ft-Lbs to avoid damaging the galvanic isola-
tion components.
Figure 6-4. Method for Holding Motor Shaft
6-30
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Figure 6-5. Torquing Sequence
6-31
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Figure 6-6. Impeller and Mechanical Seal Retainer Engagement
6-32
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Figure 6-7. Pump Assembly/Disassembly
6-33 / (6-34 Blank)

6-34
S6225-W6-MMA-010
CHAPTER 7
PARTS LIST
7-1. INTRODUCTION.
This chapter contains parts lists for the Navy Standard Titanium Centrifugal Pump, Navy Standard Drawing
No. 803-5773203. The lists identify all parts including all attaching hardware supplied.
7-2. LIST OF MAJOR COMPONENTS.

A list of the major components by APL number is presented in table 7-1 for 750-1000 GPM ratings.
Table 7-1. Navy Standard Titanium Centrifugal Pumping Units

GPM PSI NAVY STD DWG APL
750 125 803-5773203-20 018880292
750 150 803-5773203-21 018880293
900 125 803-5773203-22 018880294
1000 125 803-5773203-23 018880295
1000 150 803-5773203-24 018880296
1000 175 803-5773203-25 018880297
Motor 150/170 Hp 803-5773203-19 173870081
All parts of the 750 GPM, 900 GPM, 1000 GPM Navy Standard Titanium Cen-
trifugal Pump Unit are interchangeable with the exception of the impeller. The
impellers are the same but, trimmed to six different diameters to achieve the six
different ratings (see table 6-1).
7-3. PARTS LIST TABLES.

There are two mechanical seal designs used in the NSTCP, the original multi-spring mechanical seal and the
preferred Navy Standard Single-Spring mechanical seal which replaces the obsolete original seal. The new Navy
Standard seal replaces the original seal’s rotating element without modification to the pump.
The pump parts are listed in table 7-2. The multi-spring mechanical seal parts are listed in table 7-3, and the
single-spring seal parts are listed in table 7-4. The tables contain five columns which are described below.
7-3.1 Figure and Index Number. This column shows the figure and index number of each part. The index num-
bers which identify the individual subassemblies or parts are separated from the figure numbers by a hyphen.
Index numbers in each table run consecutively.
7-3.2 Description. This column describes each part (by noun name and modifiers) in sufficient detail for clar-
ity. Descriptions are successively identified to the right to show assembly, subassembly, and part relationship
where applicable. All attaching hardware items are identified at the location shown on the illustrations.
7-1
S6225-W6-MMA-010
7-3.3 Quantity. This column identifies quantity of parts required for one pumping unit.
7-3.4 CAGE. This column contains the original item manufacturer’s Commercial And Government Entity
code. These codes are in accordance with Federal Supply Cataloging Handbook H4-1. CAGE codes are not
specified for common hardware items such as screws, washers, O-rings, etc., that are available from many
sources. Parts identified by NAVSEA CAGE code 53711 are manufactured to NAVSEA Dwg. No. 803-5773203.
7-3.5 Manufacturer’s Part Number. This column contains an identifying number for each part. Original manu-
facturer’s part numbers are shown where applicable. Part numbers are not specified for common hardware items
that are available from many sources.
7-4. PARTS LOCATION.

For the location of all parts listed in table 7-2, table 7-3, and table 7-4 see figure 6-7, figure 7-1, figure 7-2,
figure 7-3, figure 8-1, and figure 8-2.
Table 7-2. Pump Parts List

Figure and
Index No. Description Qty CAGE Mfg. Part No.
7-1-1 Casing Assembly 1 53711 5773203-1H
-1.1 . Casing 1 53711 5773203-1.1H
-1.2U . Wearing Ring 1 53711 5773203-1.2U
-1.3 . Setscrew, sltd hdls, cup point, #8-32 x 3/16, Titanium ASTM 2 53711 5773203-1.3
B348 Gr. 5
-1.4 . Stud, Casing 3/4-10 UNC x 3 12 53711 5773203-1.4
-1.5 . Hex Nut, 3/4-10 UNC 12 53711 5773203-1.5
-1.6 . O-ring, 11.475 ID x 0.210 Fluorocarbon MIL-R-83248 IAW 1 53711 5773203-1.6
MS-28775
-1.7 . Plug, O-ring type, Gage and Seal Vents, 3/8 tube size 1 4 53711 5773203-1.7
-1.7.1 . O-ring, 0.468 ID x 0.078 Fluorocarbon MIL-R-83248 IAW 4 53711 5773203-1.7.1
MS-28775 1
-1.8 . Plug, O-ring type, Drain 1/2 tube size (same as 3.4) 1 53711 5773203-1.8
MS-28775
-1.9 . Plug, O-ring type, Vent 5/8 tube size 2 2 53711 5773203-1.9
-1.9.1 O-ring, 0.755 ID x 0.097 Fluorocarbon MIL-R-83248 IAW 2 53711 5773203-1.9.1
MS-28775 2
-2A Impeller, 125 PSI 750 GPM 1 53711 5773203-2A
-2B Impeller, 150 PSI 750 GPM 1 53711 5773203-2B
-2C Impeller, 125 PSI 900 GPM 1 53711 5773203-2C
-2D Impeller, 125 PSI 1000 GPM 1 53711 5773203-2D
-2E Impeller, 150 PSI 1000 GPM 1 53711 5773203-2E
-2F Impeller, 175 PSI 1000 GPM 1 53711 5773203-2F
-3 Seal Head Assembly 1 53711 5773203-3
-3.1 . Seal Head 1 53711 5773203-3.1
-3.2 . Wearing Ring 1 53711 5773203-3.2U
-3.3 . Setscrew, sltd hdls, cup point #8-32 x 3/16 Titanium ASTM 2 53711 5773203-3.3
B348 Gr. 5
-3.4 . Plug, O-ring type, drain, 1/2 tube size (same as 1.8) 1 53711 5773203-3.4
7-2
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Table 7-2. Pump Parts List - Continued
Figure and
MS-28775
-3.5 . Setscrew, sqh 1/2-13 UNC x 2 Stn Stl, Type 302 ASTM A276 2 53711 5773203-3.5
-3.6 . Center Bolt 3/4-10 UNC x 4 11 53711 5773203-3.6
-3.7 . Center Bolt 3/4-10 UNC x 4-5/8 1 53711 5773203-3.7
-3.8 . Hex Nut, 3/4-10 UNC MIL-S-01222, Ty. I Style A Ni-Cu-Alloy, 24 53711 5773203-3.8
QQ-N-281
-4 Shaft Sleeve 1 53711 5773203-4
MS-28775
-5 Impeller Lockwasher 1 53711 5773203-5
-6 Impeller Nut 1 53711 5773203-6
-7 Flinger 3-3/8 OD x 1.94 ID x 1/4 Neoprene, Duro-80 1 53711 5773203-7
-8 Impeller Key, 0.375 SQ x 3 LG Inconel 625, ASTM B446 1 53711 5773203-8
-9 Capscrew, skt hd 5/8-11 UNC 1-1/2 Titanium, ASTM B348 Gr. 5, 4 53711 5773203-9
ANSI B18.3
-10 Multi-Spring Mechanical Seal Assembly (Original), table 7-3 1 53711 5773203-10
-10A Single-Spring Mechanical Seal Assembly (New), table 7-4 1 53711 5773203-10A
-10.10 . Mechanical Seal Gland 1 53711 5773203-10.10
MS-28775
-10.12 . Auxiliary Gland 1 53711 5773203-10.12
-10.13 . Capscrew, skt hd 1/4-20 UNC x 1-2 Titanium, ASTM B348 Gr. 2 53711 5773203-10.13
5 ANSI B18.3
-10.14 . Emergency Packing Ring 2-1/4 ID x 2-5/8 OD x 3/16 SQ 2 53711 5773203-10.14
Teflon impregnated asbestos, MIL-P-24377 3
6-7-11 Separator Assembly 1 53711 5773203-11
-11.1 . Body 1 53711 5773203-11.1
-11.2 . Cap 1 53711 5773203-11.2
-11.3 . Insert 1 53711 5773203-11.3
MS-28775
-12 Separator Bracket 1 53711 5773203-12
-12.1 . Flat Washer, 3/4 std Ni-Cu-Alloy QQ-N-281, Cl. A 1 53711 5773203-12.1
-12.2 . Washer, spg lt, 3/8 std Ni-Cu-Alloy QQ-N-281, Cl. A 2 53711 5773203-12.2
-12.3 . Capscrew, hex hd 3/8-16 UNC x 2-1/2 Ni-Cu-Alloy QQ-N-281, 2 53711 5773203-12.3
Cl. A
-12.4 . Hex Nut, 3/8-16 UNC Ni-Cu-Alloy QQ-N-281, Cl. A 2 53711 5773203-12.4
-12.5.1HA . Tubing Assembly, Outlet 3/8 OD x 0.049 or 0.065 wall Tita- 1 53711 5773203-12.5.1HA
nium, ASTM B-338, Gr. 2 4
-12.5.1HB . Tubing Assembly, Outlet 3/8 OD x 0.049 or 0.065 wall Tita- 1 53711 5773203-12.5.1HB
nium, ASTM B-338, Gr. 2 5
-12.5.2H . Tubing Assembly, Inlet 3/8 OD x 0.049 or 0.065 wall Titanium, 1 53711 5773203-12.5.2H
ASTM B-338, Gr. 2
-12.5.3H . Tubing Assembly, Flushing 3/8 OD x 0.049 or 0.065 wall Tita- 1 53711 5773203-12.5.3H
nium, ASTM B-338, Gr. 2
-12.6 . Connector Assembly O-ring type, 3/8 tube size 6 53711 5773203-12.6
7-3
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Table 7-2. Pump Parts List - Continued
Figure and
6
-12.6.1 . Connector Body 6 53711 5773203-12.6.1
-12.6.2 . Connector Nut 6 53711 5773203-12.6.2
-12.6.3 . Connector Tail Piece 6 53711 5773203-12.6.3
MS-28775 6
-12.6.4A . O-ring, 0.755 ID x 0.097 Fluorocarbon MIL-R-83248 IAW 2 53711 5773203-12.6.4A
MS-28775 7
MS-28775
-12.6.6A . Adapter, Type A 5 1 53711 5773203-12.6.6A
-12.6.6B . Adapter, Type B 8 1 53711 5773203-12.6.68
8-1-13 Base Plate, Typical (For low noise instal.) K-Monel, Gr. 500 1 53711 5773203-13
-15 Name Plate MIL-P-15024, Type A 1 53711 5773203-15
-16 Warning Plate MIL-P-15024, Type A 1 53711 5773203-16
-17 Screw, sltd #4-48 x 1/4, Naval brass FF-S-92, Type I, Style 1S 8 53711 5773203-17
-18 Washer, spg reg, 1-1/8 Cres, Type 300 series Cl. B, Style 2, 4 53711 5773203-18
FF-W-84 FF-S-107
-19 Motor, AC, 505Z 440V/3/60, 150-170 Hp 1 53711 5773203-19
8-2-20 Resilient Mount Type 6E900 4 53711 5773203-20
-21 Center Bolt, MIL-S-001222 1-8 x 8-7/8 K-Monel, Gr. 500 QQ-N- 4 53711 5773203-21
281
-22 Hex Nut, self-lock 1-8 K-Monel, Gr. 500 QQ-N-281 8 53711 5773203-22
-23 Flat Washer, 1 inch, CRES FF-W-92 8 53711 5773203-23
8-4 Isolation Gasket Kit, 5 Inch; Consists of 1 Laminated Gasket, 20 1 0JM95 5-250MPGE/E-N/M
Steel Washers, 20 Glass Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) Washers, and
10 Mylar Sleeves9
8-4 Isolation Gasket Kit, 6 Inch; Consists of 1 Laminated Gasket, 24 1 0JM95 6-250MPGE/E-N/M
Steel Washers, 24 GRE Washers, and 12 Mylar Sleeves 9
1
Three required for nozzle position No. 1. Four required for nozzle position No. 2 or 3.
2
Two required for nozzle position No 1. One required for nozzle position No. 2 or 3.
3
Alternate packing to be Clipper Corp. NC-26, Industrial Packing SUPERPACK 102, Crane C1065, or Richard
Klinger No. 49, or equal.
4
One required for nozzle position No. 1 or 3.
5
One required for nozzle position No. 2 only.
6
Six required for nozzle position No. 1. Five required for nozzle position No. 2 or 3.
7
One required for nozzle position No. 2 or 3.
8
One required for nozzle position No. 3 only.
9
For equipment with galvanic isolation kits (installed by SCD-79185 (MA-670) or other means).
7-4
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Figure 7-1. Pump Sectional Assembly
7-5
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Table 7-3. Multi-Spring Mechanical Seal Parts List

Figure and CAGE
Index No. Description Qty Code Mfg. Part No.
7-2-10.1 Mating Ring 1 53711 5773203-10.1
10.2 O-ring, 3.109 ID x 0.139 1 53711 5773203-10.2
10.3 Primary Ring 1 53711 5773203-10.3
10.4 O-ring, 2.484 ID x 0.139 1 53711 5773203-10.4
10.5 Retainer 1 53711 5773203-10.5
10.6 Spring 12 53711 5773203-10.6
10.7 Disc 1 53711 5773203-10.7
10.8 Snap Ring 1 53711 5773203-10.8
10.9 Anti-crossing Ring 1 53711 5773203-10.9
7-6
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Figure 7-2. Multi-Spring Mechanical Seal
7-7 / (7-8 Blank)

7-8
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Table 7-4. Navy Standard Single-Spring Mechanical Seal Parts List

Figure and CAGE
Index No. Description Qty Code Mfg. Part No.
7-3-10A.1.1 Outer Shell 1 53711 5773203-10A.1.1
10A.1.2 Primary Ring 1 53711 5773203-10A.1.2
10A.1.3 Diaphragm 1 53711 5773203-10A.1.3
10A.1.4 Drive Band 1 53711 5773203-10A.1.4
10A.2 Shell Adapter 1 53711 5773203-10A.2
10A.3 Spring 1 53711 5773203-10A.3
10A.4 Retainer 1 53711 5773203-10A.4
10A.5 Mating Ring 1 53711 5773203-10A.5
10A.6 O-ring, 3.109 ID x 0.139 1 53711 5773203-10A.6
7-9
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Figure 7-3 Navy Standard Single-Spring Mechanical Seal
7-10
S6225-W6-MMA-010
CHAPTER 8
INSTALLATION
8-1. INTRODUCTION.
This chapter provides installation drawings, site information, reference data, unpacking and packing informa-
tion, input requirements, installation procedures, and installation checkout procedures for the pumping unit.
8-2. INSTALLATION DRAWINGS.

Use figure 8-1 to install the pumping unit and figure A-3 (Hansome), figure A-4 (General Electric), or figure
A-5 and figure A-6 (Mawdsley’s Limited.) to wire the motor temperature monitor. There are three discharge
nozzle positions to choose (see figure 8-1). The mechanical seal tubing assemblies are different for the three
alternate discharge nozzle positions. Refer to footnotes a through h in the pump parts list, table 7-2, for the alter-
nate parts required.
8-3. SITE INFORMATION.

The pump is to be installed aboard ship in accordance with shipboard drawings. The pumping unit must be
located at an elevation below the source of liquid to provide the maximum net positive suction head required
(NPSHR) by the pump (see performance curve for applicable NPSHR data). The shipboard compartment con-
taining each pumping unit shall accommodate the unit dimensions and weight as given in figure 8-1 and table
1-4. In addition, the head room shall allow the use of an overhead lifting device with sufficient capacity to lift
the entire pumping unit (2500 lbs).
Particular attention must be given to the mounting of the pumping unit to the ship’s structure. The founda-
tion must afford permanent, rigid support to the full area of the motor feet and must absorb expected strain and
shock that may be encountered in service in order to avoid distortion and prevent vibration. On ships that require
low noise equipments, the pumping unit is mounted on a baseplate, with resilient mounts between the baseplate
and ship’s foundation. Refer to figure 8-2.
8-4. PREPARATION OF FOUNDATION.

The foundation surface should be clean and free of foreign objects. The site should be sized and spaced to
suite the dimension requirements of figure 8-1. The mounting bolts and nuts, used for securing pumping unit to
foundation or unit to baseplate and resilient mounts to foundation, shall be of carbon-steel in accordance with
MIL-S-001222G, Amendment 3, Grade 5 with metallic-ceramic coating per MIL-C-81751, Type I, Class 4.
Due to strength considerations, an acceptable alternate material is nickel alloy (K-Monel), MIL-S-001222G,
Amendment 3, Grade 500. The baseplate, if used for resilient mounting, shall be of the same material.
8-5. REFERENCE DATA.

Applicable shipboard drawings, and NAVSEA drawing number 804-1385916 shall be used in addition to
figure 8-1 to install the pumping unit.
8-6. TOOLS AND MATERIAL REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION.
8-1
S6225-W6-MMA-010
a. Tools normally found for shipboard machinery maintenance should be sufficient for installing the pumping
unit.
b. One non-asbestos gasket suitable for the suction flange and one non-asbestos gasket suitable for the discharge
flange will be required for installation. Bolting for mounting resilient mounts to foundation, for ships that
require low noise equipment, is as follows:
Eight 3/4-10NC-2A x 3.00 bolts Type 1, Gr. 5, zinc plated MIL-S-1222
Eight 3/4-10NC-3B hex nuts alloy steel, self-locking MS-17829
c. For electrical material refer to paragraph A-8.
8-7. UNPACKING AND PACKING.
8-7.1 Unpacking. Unpack the pumping unit as follows:
a. Remove crate shell and plastic barrier by disassembling crate as necessary. The shipping container arrange-
ment is shown in figure 8-3.
b. Remove screws holding motor to shipping mounts.
c. Connect hoist(s) of at least two-ton capacity to motor lifting eyebolt; slowly raise the unit off shipping skid
and transfer to site.
d. Remove coverings from suction and discharge flanges. Install the unit in accordance with paragraph 8-9
through 8-13.
8-7.2 Packing. The procedures for packing the pumping unit are as follows:
a. Install protective covers on suction and discharge flanges.

b. Hoist the pumping unit onto the shipping mounts left attached to the skid. Refer to figure 8-3.
c. Install 1/2-inch screws holding motor to shipping mounts and coat screws with P-2 preservative.
d. Place plastic barrier over unit and close the crate in the same manner as it was initially installed.
8-7.3 Storage. Store the pumping unit in a clean dry location. If the unit is placed in a cold or damp location
for any extended period of time, heating elements should be installed near the unit.
8-8. INPUT REQUIREMENTS.
The input requirements for proper operation of the pumping unit are as follows:
a. Provide the pump maximum net positive suction head required (NPSHR). See performance curves, figure 1-2
through figure 1-7, for applicable NPSHR data.
b. Provide the electrical input as specified in chapter A-8. For unit max bhp see applicable performance curve,
figure 1-2 through figure 1-7.
8-2
S6225-W6-MMA-010
8-9. INSTALLATION PROCEDURES.
Using figure 8-1 as a guide, bolt the pumping unit to its designated foundation (refer to paragraph 8-4). Pro-
ceed as follows:
The Navy Standard Titanium Centrifugal Pump has been designed and manufac-
tured to minimize mechanical and electrical vibrations and noise to the extent
that the pumping unit is considered to be a precision machine. It should be
handled as such. Abuse by rough handling could upset the super precision bal-
ance built into this unit.
To maintain the pumping unit low noise signature, the foundation bolt torque
values should be strictly followed, and surfaces between the motor feet and the
foundation or baseplate should be clean and free of paint and paint chips, etc.
a. The foundation and the motor mounting should be checked to insure that it is squarely seated on the founda-
tion and to insure that the motor is not cocked. This can be accomplished by performing a ″soft foot″ check.
If a cocked motor is secured to a foundation, the stresses can be transmitted to the motor bearings and may
result in early bearing failure or increased wear rates. To maintain the pumping unit low noise signature,
inspect and correct for soft-foot in accordance with NSTM chapter 503.
b. The pump suction piping shall incorporate portability to facilitate pump casing removal without unbolting the
motor from the foundation. Removal of the portable piping section shall allow a minimum of 12 inches of
free area in front of the pump casing suction flange. Removing a small flanged section of piping near the pump
is considered preferable over removing the entire pump suction piping (up to the suction cut-out valve mat-
ing flange). However, if the pump suction piping is suitably portable, and surrounding deck plate foundations
and/or piping do not restrict its required movement, then removal of the entire pump suction piping is con-
sidered an acceptable alternative.
Asbestos is recognized as a major health hazard. Inhalation of fibers of this

material can lead to serious impairment of health in subsequent years. The insu-
lation installation on the piping may contain asbestos material. The industrial
hygienist at the repair activity should be notified whenever asbestos is found in
the pipe insulation. The industrial hygienist will supervise the correct removal of
the asbestos insulation from the pipe.
c. Recirculation piping and orifice sizes shall be based on a recirculation flow of 30 GPM (3% of rated pump
8-3
S6225-W6-MMA-010
flow). Recirculation shall be discharged to sea chest located within the same compartment and not to the pump
suction. If a sea chest is not located within the same compartment, then the recirculation shall be directed to
overboard.
d. Connect suction and discharge piping. All piping should be as short and direct as possible and should be laid
with a gradual rise or fall from source to the pump. Do not introduce loops or bends into the line that will
cause high spots and air pockets. Vents are to be provided where high spots are unavoidable. The diameter of
the pipe should not be less than the pump nozzle diameter.

ers to 60 Ft-Lbs.
e. Mating flange faces shall be parallel to within 0.025 inch, taken at four points 90 degrees apart. Angular mis-
alignment may be corrected by adjusting the pipe hangers or by the use of spacers. When the flanges are in
alignment, the bolts will move easily into the bolt holes. Drawing the piping into alignment with the pump
flanges is not permitted as this will result in piping stresses being transmitted to the pump and premature fail-
ure. The piping must be properly supported in order to meet the requirements of the Grade A shock.
In all installations and particularly new installations, use extreme care when con-
necting piping to ensure that no foreign matter such as dirt, chips, pipe scale, and
welding beads are in the piping as this debris will be drawn into the pump and
cause internal damage. Thoroughly flush the system before connecting it to the
pump.
f. Provisions are made for draining the pump casing and seal head drip well and venting the casing and shaft
seal (shaft seal venting is not required for horizontally mounted units). All drain and vent connections are fit-
ted with titanium plugs.
8-4
S6225-W6-MMA-010
To prevent galvanic corrosion, fitting failure, and flooding, titanium tubing and
fittings should be used for gage and vent lines.
g. Connect necessary gage and vent piping.
8-10. INSTALLATION CHECKOUT.

Before starting the pumping unit for the first time, make the following checks:
a. Examine the unit externally to ensure that no parts have been damaged during installation.
b. Turn shaft by hand to ensure that the shaft rotates freely.
c. Inspect external piping to ensure that proper connections are made for suction and discharge. Connect gages
to the suction and discharge of the pump.
d. Check valves for free operation.
e. Vent pump, mechanical seal, and suction line before the motor is turned on to prevent damage to pump’s close
clearance surfaces.
8-11. ADJUSTMENTS AND TESTS.

Only after satisfactory completion of the various checks should any attempt be made to operate the equip-
ment. The only adjustments and tests required are in the motor portion. Refer to paragraph A-8.8.
8-12. GROUNDING PROCEDURE.

The unit shall be grounded by drilling and tapping a hole anywhere on the motor feet or baseplate and con-
necting the grounding cable with a bolt and lockwasher to the ship ground system in accordance with MIL-STD-
1310. Do not weld on the unit.
8-13. STARTING.
Before the unit is started for the first time, make the preliminary adjustments and tests as outlined in
paragraph A-8.8. Once this has been completed, the connections have been rechecked and the unit found in
working condition, the motor may be started.
If the pumping unit has been idle for a long period of time, ensure that the unit is firmly anchored to its
foundation and all mechanical fasteners are tight.
Ensure the unit is started in accordance with the directions on the controller. If any unusual noise, vibration,
or temperature rise develops, stop the motor immediately. Analyze, identify, and correct the malfunction in
accordance with chapter 5 and paragraph A-4.
Operate the unit in accordance with the operating procedures set forth in chapter 2. Note the temperature of
the unit and the bearings during a three hour trial run. Observe the temperature of various parts of the unit and,
where excessive temperature exists, determine the actual temperature with a centigrade thermometer placed
directly on the part and with bulb protected from surrounding atmosphere with putty. At the conclusion of the
three hour trial run, while the unit is still at operating temperature, measure the insulation resistance of the motor
windings to the ground. In general, this resistance should not be less than 2 megohms.
8-5 / (8-6 Blank)

8-6
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Figure 8-1. Unit Outline
8-7 / (8-8 Blank)

8-8
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Figure 8-2. Resilient Mount Arrangement and Unit Footprint
8-9
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Figure 8-3. Shipping Arrangement
8-10
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Figure 8-4. Galvanic Isolation Component Arrangement (Installed by SCD-79185 (MA-670) or Other Means)
8-11 / (8-12 Blank)

8-12
S6225-W6-MMA-010
APPENDIX A
HANSOME, GENERAL ELECTRIC, AND MAWDSLEY’S LIMITED MOTORS
A-1. GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
A-1.1 INTRODUCTION. The information contained in this part of the manual applies to Hansome, General
Electric, and Mawdsley’s Limited electric motors, one of which is used to drive the horizontal pumping unit.
Refer to appendix B for motors used on the LSD 41 Class CV ships.
A-1.2 GENERAL DATA. The motor is manufactured by Hansome Energy Systems, Inc., General Electric, or
Mawdsley’s Limited. These are highly reliable and precision units, therefore they should not be overhauled unless
conditions require. See tables A-1 through A-4 for motor characteristics.
A-1.3 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. Prior to operating this motor, read the general safety notices and general
precautions in the Safety Summary, which are to be observed at all times.
Table A-1. Motor Characteristics

Manufacturer’s name Hansome Energy Systems, General Electric Mawdsley’s Limited
Inc. Ft. Wayne, Indiana Waterwells, Glos., England
Linden, New Jersey
Motor frame size 505Z 505Z 505DZ
Horsepower 150 nominal/170 max 150 nominal/170 max 150 nominal
Speed (Syn) 3600 RPM 3600 RPM 3600 RPM
Speed (F.L.) 3580 RPM 3585 RPM 3586 RPM
Phase 3 3 3
Hertz 60 60 60
Volts 440 440 440
Speed classification Constant Constant Constant
Duty Continuous Continuous Continuous
Ambient temperature 50 Degrees C. 50 Degrees C. 50 Degrees C.
Insulation class F F F
Navy service class A A A
Degree of enclosure Totally enclosed Totally enclosed Totally enclosed
Cooling Fan cooled Fan cooled Fan cooled
Winding AC Squirrel cage AC Squirrel cage AC Squirrel cage
Mounting Horizontal close coupled Horizontal close coupled Horizontal close coupled
Full load current - nominal 180 amps 180 amps 192.4 amps
Full load current - max 200 amps
Locked rotor current 1311 amps 1311 amps 1249 amps
Locked rotor power factor 8% - 15%
Locked rotor torque 70% of full load torque 70% of full load torque 70% of full load torque
Pull up torque 70% of full load torque 70% of full load torque 70% of full load torque
Breakdown torque 200% of full load torque 200% of full load torque 200% of full load torque
Type of bearings Ball - quiet Ball - quiet Ball - quiet
Balance Super precision Super precision Super precision
A-1
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Table A-2. Performance at Rated Voltage and Frequency (Hansome)

Desired Actual Load Power Factor
Load % % Torque Ft-Lb Amps KiloWatts RPM Eff % %
6/4 196.2 288 232 151.20 3572 96.8 85.5
5/4 185.7 273 219 142.80 3575 97.0 85.6
4/4 148.4 218 179 114.00 3580 97.1 83.1
3/4 110.1 161 143 84.60 3585 97.1 78.2
2/4 73.9 108 106 57.00 3597 96.7 70.6
0 0 0 65.6 1.35 3595 0 .04
Table A-3. Performance at Rated Voltage and Frequency (General Electric)

Desired Actual Load Power Factor
Load % % Torque Ft-Lb Amps KiloWatts RPM Eff % %
113 115 253.6 192.2 133.00 3581 97.0 90.2
100 100 219.7 166.7 115.40 3584 97.1 90.1
75 74 162.7 127.5 85.60 3589 96.9 87.6
50 58.5 129.2 104.8 67.80 3591 96.6 84.4
25 INT 54.7 60.5 29.50 3596 94.5 63.9
0 0 0 44.4 1.60 3600 0 48.0
Table A-4. Performance at Rated Voltage and Frequency (Mawdsley’s

Limited)
Desired Actual Load Torque Power Factor
Load % % Ft-Lb Amps KiloWatts RPM Eff % %
4/4 100 249.3 193.2 130.8 3581 97.0 89.0
3/4 75 187.3 147.1 98.6 3588 96.5 88.0
2/4 50 123.9 104.8 66.6 3593 95.2 84.0
1/4 25 61.9 67.7 34.6 3597 91.6 67.0
0 0 0 48.2 15.0 3595 0 4.0
A-2. FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
A-2.1 INTRODUCTION. This chapter gives a functional descriptions of the Hansome and General Electric,
Hansome, General Electric and Mawdsley’s Limited electric motors.
A-2.2 DESCRIPTION. The principal features of the motor are illustrated in figure A-3 (Hansome), figure A-4
(G.E.), and figures A-5 and A-6 (Mawdsley’s Limited). Each motor consists basically of a shaft, supported by
bearings, enclosed in a nodular iron frame, and rotating in an electric field.
A-2.2.1 Rotating Element. The shaft is made of accurately machined inconel alloy and is supported by two ball
bearings. The bearings used in this motor are grease lubricated, super-precision single row ball bearings. The
super-precision refers to the extra low tolerances on the bearing dimensions. Both bearings are in accordance with
MIL-B-17931, Type 111, Class 1 and the size is indicated on motor parts lists, tables A-9 and A-10. The fits for
these bearings have been specifically chosen as part of the features necessary for providing the low noise char-
acteristics required by this motor, therefore, when either bearing is removed from the shaft for any reason, it is
to be discarded and replaced with a new bearing.
A-2
S6225-W6-MMA-010
These bearings are held in nodular iron brackets. The brackets are bolted to the frame, thus completing the
external enclosure.
The rotor is made of numerous electrical sheet steel laminations. It is seated on the shaft by an interference
fit, and secured by a key. The rotor windings consist of rotor bars running lengthwise along the rotor and located
near the outer periphery. The bars are connected by external end rings, one on each end of the rotor.
A-2.2.2 Stationary Element. The stationary element is the stator core. The stator core is composed of electri-
cal sheet steel laminations, keyed to the frame. The stator windings are placed in insulated slots around the inner
periphery of the stator core.
A-2.3 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION.
A-2.3.1 Motor Operation. When the start button on the motor controller is pressed, the line contactor connects
the AC motor directly to the line. The voltage impressed on the stator winding produces a rotating magnetomo-
tive force (M.M.F.) which, by transformer action, is transformed across the air gap and induces voltage which
produces current that circulate through the squirrel cage winding. The interaction of the current in the rotor and
the rotating field of the stator causes the shaft to turn.
The available three phase, 60 hertz, electrical power is brought into the motor via cables through the conduit
box. The produced mechanical work, as torque, is transmitted to the pump impeller by the motor shaft.
These motors are vacuum impregnated. For applicable motor horsepower, see table A-1. The special features
that make this a quiet operating motor are:
a. Specially selected low noise bearings.

b. Low flux densities in the iron.
c. Specially selected stator-rotor slot combination.
d. Line boring of the stator housings.
e. Large air gap.
f. Super precision balancing.
A-2.3.2 Temperature Monitor System. The motor is also provided with a temperature monitor system. This
monitor is a ″fail safe″ solid state system which provides integral motor protection against overheating of the
motor windings and bearings, regardless of cause. The temperature monitor system fully conforms to the National
Electric Code (NEC) requirements for integral motor thermal protection. The temperature inside the motor and
at the bearings is monitored at all times. If the motor winding or bearings temperature exceed the maximum safe
level, the motor is shut down instantly. The control module receives its signal from positive temperature coeffi-
cient (PTC) thermistors which are placed in the windings of the motor, normally one for each motor phase and
at each bearing.
The thermistors are installed in the motor windings by inserting the thermistor into the end turns. There is no
need to open the motor winding circuitry. The bearing thermistors are installed in the bearing bracket and in con-
tact with each bearing outer race.
The motor thermal monitor system safeguards against motor overload caused by:
a. Single phasing.
A-3
S6225-W6-MMA-010
b. Frequently repeated overloads.

c. Voltage unbalance.
d. Plugging or reversing duty.
e. Too frequent starting.
f. Locked rotor or bearing seizure.
g. Ventilation failures.
h. Abnormally high ambient temperatures.
The key operating features include:
a. Fail safe protection (loss of power, short circuit, or break in sensor leads interrupts output).
b. Solid state circuitry. Rapid, positive switching with no drift or chatter. Long-life performance with relay out-
put.
c. High stability thermistors. Positive retention of preselected switching temperatures. No retrogression due to
aging nor impairment by mechanical shocks or impregnating compounds.
d. Heavy duty design.
e. Automatic reset.
The temperature sensors used are positive temperature coefficient thermistors of the switching type.
The PTC thermistor increases its resistance sharply upon reaching its switch point temperature thus provid-
ing snap-action response and allowing remote location from the controller without any change in switch point
calibration. The available switch temperatures are designated by the last three digits of the type number, e.g. the
number for a T-8000 thermistor switching at 155°C would be T-8155.
The control module operates from a 120 volt, 60 hertz power source and the maximum input current is 35
milliamperes. The controller can operate with up to six PTC thermistors connected to the sensor input terminals.
Any unused sensor input must be connected to sensor common through a 150 ohm resistor.
A-2.3.2.1 Fire Pump EMI Fix Kit. A potted DC circuit housed in a metal cover. This circuit senses RF from
the Handheld Radios (HHR) and bypasses the relay in order to keep the motor operating.
A-2.3.3 Controller Output. The controller output uses a relay which is operated by the controller logic circuitry.
The relay provides a ″form C″ normally open, normally closed contact arrangement. The relay contacts are rated
7 amperes (120 VAC, resistive) and 5 amperes (240 VAC, resistive).
A-2.3.4 Relay Operation. When the value of the resistance connected to any sensor input terminal (all other
terminals connected through 150 ohms to sensor common) exceeds 2600 ohms, the controller relay de-energizes.
The relay remains energized for all values of sensor resistance between 100 and 1200 ohms.
A-2.3.5 Reset. The controller automatically resets (relay energizes) after being tripped by lowering the sensor
resistance to 1200 ohms.The required reset value shall be greater then 250 ohms less than the observed trip value.
A-2.3.6 Fail Safe. The controller de-energizes for any of the following conditions:
A-4
S6225-W6-MMA-010
a. Short circuiting any sensor input with a resistance of 10 ohms or less.
b. Open circuiting any sensor lead.

c. Loss of excitation voltage.
The controller limits current to the sensors to less than 2 milliamperes.
A-3. SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
A-3.1 INTRODUCTION. The purpose of scheduled maintenance is to ensure continuous optimum perfor-
mance of the pumping unit motor. The scope of maintenance is to carry out periodic checks to discover problems
before they become serious and to prolong the life of the equipment. A maintenance schedule is provided to allow
managers to plan their workload in advance so that maintenance can be accomplished on a routine basis.
PMS documentation takes precedence. Such conflicts should be reported imme-
diately on the user comment sheet in accordance with the maintenance proce-
dures of this manual.
Table A-5. Planned Maintenance Schedule (Motor)

Comment Status Frequency Maintenance Action Reference Paragraph
Motor in Service Daily General cleanliness A-3.2
Daily General operation A-3.3
Quarterly Insulation resistance readings A-3.4
Annually Bearing lubrication A-3.5
A-3.2 GENERAL CLEANLINESS. Motor cleanliness is a fundamental principle in good preventive mainte-
nance. Do not allow dirt, dust, moisture, oil, or other substances to accumulate on the motor. Be particularly
careful to keep all air ducts clean. In addition to wiping, there are acceptable methods of cleaning the motor such
as:
a. Use of compressed air
b. Use of suction
c. Use of approved solvent
Wiping is effective in removing loose dust or foreign particles located in accessible parts of the motor only.
The surfaces should be wiped with a clean dry rag that will not deposit lint. Cheesecloth is recommended for this
purpose. Place used solvent wiping cloths in a container with a tight fitting cover. These rags should be aired out
only at topside locations.
A-5
S6225-W6-MMA-010
The specific procedures to be used in cleaning an electric motor are covered in

the Planned Maintenance System (PMS).
A-3.3 GENERAL OPERATION. During operation, any significant vibration, noise, or temperature change
could indicate a developing problem, leading to a mechanical or electrical failure. Operation should not be con-
tinued until the problem is determined and corrected. Refer to paragraph A-4, Troubleshooting.
The motor, if idle, should be started weekly, and the operational unit placed in the standby mode. If an idle
unit cannot be operated, rotate the shaft by hand several turns to insure proper lubrication of the bearings to pre-
vent the shaft from binding.
A-3.4 MEASUREMENT OF INSULATION RESISTANCE. Measurement of drive motor insulation resistance

is accomplished as follows:
Summary.
A-6
S6225-W6-MMA-010
a. Open motor controller.

b. Test motor line with voltage tester to ensure that motor is not energized.
c. Connect megger ground lead to ground. Test megger by connecting both leads to ground.
d. With one megger lead grounded, connect other lead to motor line terminal.
e. Crank megger for three seconds or longer and read insulation resistance.
f. If less than 2 megohms, operation of motor should be avoided. Take action to remedy the cause for low insu-
lation resistance. Refer to paragraph A-5.5 for procedures.
g. Remove electrical safety tag; energize circuit.
A-3.5 MOTOR BEARING LUBRICATION. The bearings have been lubricated prior to installation. They
should be greased after the first six months of operation and once a year thereafter. Operating conditions and the
experience of the operator may determine if lubrication is required at shorter intervals.
Lubrication of motor bearings is accomplished as follows: (see figure A-3 or figure A-4).
Summary.
Do not use a grease gun of any kind to add grease.
Parts indicated inside the parentheses ( ) are Hansome motor parts. General
Electric motor parts are indicated inside the brackets [ ].
a. Run motor until it reaches operating temperature. Secure motor and then add grease.
b. To grease bearings, remove pipe caps (74) [pipe plugs (50)] from the drive end (DE) and opposite drive end
(ODE) grease fill lines.
A-7
S6225-W6-MMA-010
c. Remove pipe caps (74) [pipe plugs (52)(62)] from the DE and ODE grease drain lines. Ensure passage is open
by probing with a clean screw driver.
d. Examine the grease in pipe nipples (72 and 73). If necessary, remove pipe nipples and clean. Remove any
hardened grease or foreign matter. If acceptable, proceed.
lead to overheating of the bearings. The total grease capacity for the DE bearing
is 2.75 oz, while the ODE bearing contains 3 oz. The bearing lubricant shall
conform to DOD-G-24508.
e. Fill grease cups (75) [82] with new grease.
Grease cups (75) [82] should normally be stored with repair parts. Installation of
grease cups should only be done during bearing lubrication.
f. Install grease cups (75) [82] on fill lines.
g. Run the pump for approximately one hour to obtain normal operating temperature.
h. Slowly screw down grease cups completely, injecting grease into the motor bearings.
i. Continue running motor while the excess grease drains (approximately one hour or when grease no longer
emerges from the drain line).
j. When grease no longer emerges from the drain lines stop the motor. Close the pump recirculation discharge
and suction valves.
k. Install pipe caps (74) [pipe plugs (52) (62)] on DE and ODE grease drain lines.
l. Remove grease cups (75) [82] and install pipe caps (74) [pipe plugs (50)] on DE and ODE grease fill lines.
m. Grease cups should be packaged or placed in clean plastic bags and stored with repair parts.
A-4. TROUBLESHOOTING
A-4.1 INTRODUCTION. Troubleshooting of the pumping unit motor should be performed by personnel who
have read this manual and thoroughly understand the equipment. Basic to all troubleshooting is the ability to dis-
tinguish between normal and abnormal indications when observing equipment operation. Observation is often the
A-8
S6225-W6-MMA-010
only tool needed to discover the reason for malfunctions. This chapter provides a troubleshooting guide for motor
malfunctions. Refer to chapter 5 for pump troubleshooting guidance.
A-4.2 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE. Isolation of trouble should proceed from the general to the specific
beginning with the determination of where the fault or trouble occurs. The next step is determining which part
is faulty or if there is a suspected malfunction. When isolation procedures are followed logically and through a
step-by-step pattern of check and examination, the trouble can usually be traced to its source without unneces-
sary delay or the changing of parts. As an aid in troubleshooting, reference should be made to table A-6 for a list
of motor troubles which may be encountered, together with their probable causes and remedies. Refer to figure
A-3 (Hansome), figure A-4 (G.E.), figures A-5 and A-6 (Mawdsley’s Limited).
Summary.
Extreme care must be taken when the electrical box is opened.
Table A-6. Motor Troubleshooting

1. Motor will not start. 1. Find cause before 1. No input power or 1. Check connections to controller and in
attempting to restart the improper voltage. terminal box.
motor. 2. Check connections to temperature
monitor.
3. Check terminals at source of power
input.
2. Motor is overloaded 4. Apply load in accordance with name
plate rating.
A-9
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Table A-6. Motor Troubleshooting - Continued

2. Motor overheats 1. Stop the motor. 1. Unit is overloaded. 1. Check current in each phase to name
plate rating. If current exceeds that
shown, unit is overloaded.
2. Unit operating at 2. If current in any of three phase
improper voltage. exceeds the name plate values, check the
terminal voltage.
3. Short circuit 3. If voltage in each phase is the same as
listed in the name plate, check stator
resistance in each phase.
4. Obstruction in venti- 4. Check ventilation openings of motor.
lation. Keep clear of obstructions at all time.
5. Overgreased bearings 5. Check amount of lubricant in bearing
chamber. If overloaded, remove grease
until proper amount is in unit.
6. Improper type of 6. Regrease.
grease
7. Obstruction in air gap 7. Clean unit thoroughly.
8. Check for any mechanical failure that
would prevent proper rotation.
8. Bearing failure 9. Disassemble unit and replace bearing.
9. Bent shaft 10. Disassemble unit and replace shaft.
3. Operate at wrong 1. Stop the motor. 1. Improper line voltage 1. Check motor against name plate data.
speed or frequency
2. Overload 2. Check name plate rating.
3. Short circuit 3. Check rotor. Check for loose connec-
tions.
4. Vibration or increase 1. Stop the motor. 1. Short circuit 1. Check resistance between phases.
in structureborne noise Check rotor.
2. Unbalanced current 2. Check terminal voltage and current at
motor controller.
3. Improper grease 3. Regrease.
4. Improper mounting 4. Check all mounting bolts. Retighten as
necessary.
5. Pump cavitates 5. Check suction valve. Open valve com-
pletely.
6. Strain due to piping 6. Check piping alignment and remove
or improper piping sup- piping weight from pump with proper
ports supports.
7. Pump impeller par- 7. Inspect impeller and remove any
tially clogged, causing obstructions.
imbalance.
8. Bearing failure 8. Replace bearing.
9. Sprung shaft 9. Mechanical failure. Shaft must be
removed and replaced.
A-5. CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE (HANSOME MOTOR)
A-5.1 INTRODUCTION. This chapter contains corrective maintenance procedures that are performed on an
unscheduled basis to correct malfunctions in the Hansome motor unit. Included in this chapter are procedures for
A-10
S6225-W6-MMA-010
bearings removal and replacement and reconditioning the insulation. These are conditions most likely to be
encountered with the electric motor. If more extensive motor rework is required, it shall be done in accordance
with NAVSEA 0900-LP-060-2010, Volume 1, Electric Motor Repair. Chapter 6 provides corrective maintenance
instructions for the pump.

may result in equipment damage.
A-5.2 BEARINGS REPLACEMENT. The procedures for removing and replacing the ODE bearing only are
given in paragraph A-5.3. The procedures for removing and replacing both the drive end (DE) and opposite drive
end (ODE) bearings are given in paragraph A-5.4. If the motor has been disassembled, the bearings should be
replaced.
A-5.3 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF THE OPPOSITE DRIVE END BEARING. For removal and
replacement of ODE bearing without removing motor from ship’s foundation, the following procedures should
be followed (see figure A-3).
Summary.
A-11
S6225-W6-MMA-010


as to location from which removed. Place all removed parts in a marked motor
parts box, using ship’s name, compartment location, and motor serial number for
easy identification.
a. Remove top pipe nipple (73) and unscrew bottom pipe nipple (73) with their attached pipe caps (74) from
outside bearing cap (23).
b. Remove screws (92) and lockwashers (100) from frame assembly (1) and remove fan cover (26).
c. Loosen the three socket head screws (86) on the hub of the fan (27). Do not remove the three socket head
screws (86) completely; they must be in the same screw holes for correct fan balance. Pull fan (27) off the
motor shaft and remove fan key (53). Tighten cap screws (86) to ensure that they will not come free off the
fan hub.
d. Loosen bearing thermistor (68) from outside bearing cap (23).
e. Remove screws (80) and lockwashers (98) from outside bearing cap (23). Remove bearing cap (23).
f. Remove screws (81) and lockwashers (98) securing inside bearing cap (22). The inside cap will then be loose
on the shaft shoulder behind the bearing.
g. Loosen and remove screws (79) with lockwashers (93) on bracket (21). Use an 11/16-inch wrench to loosen
jam nuts (99) on jack screws (78). Use a 9/16-inch wrench to tighten jack screws alternately to separate end
bracket (21) from rabbet fit in the stator frame (2).
h. Measure and make two boards with ″V″ notches to support rotor shaft when bracket (21) is removed. Place
one notched board on the outer end of rotor shaft. Remove bracket (21) over outer race of the ball bearing.
Ensure bracket is straight so that outer race of bearing will not jam in bracket bearing bore. Place second
notched board between inside bearing cap (22) and rotor shaft shoulder. Remove first notched board and
bracket (21).
i. Loosen and remove bearing locknut (56).
j. Using Government Standard Bearing Puller per Government Specification GGG-P-781, Type 1, Class 1,
Style A, Size 4, remove bearing from shaft by pulling on bearing inner race.
k. Remove grease slinger (25) and inside bearing cap (22).
l. Remove old grease from inside bearing cap (22) and outside bearing cap (23) and repack with new grease
per DOD-G-24508, 1/3 full.
m. Place inside bearing cap (22) on shaft shoulder behind ball bearing shaft seat. Assemble grease slinger (25)
on shaft.
A-12
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Grease slinger must be mounted on shaft before mounting bearing. If damaged,

it should be replaced.
n. Place new ODE bearing (24), #312, in an oven and heat to a temperature range of 203°F ± 10°F (95°C ±
5°C). Leave the bearing in the oven for 30 minutes to one hour.
o. Reinspect all disassembled parts to ensure that they are free of dirt and burrs. The shaft must be free of all
scratches or sharp edges that might interfere with proper bearing installation.
ing.
p. Remove the bearing from the oven using clean insulated gloves. While the bearing is warm, press bearing on
motor shaft squarely against shoulder. Install bearing locknut (56) and tighten locknut to 81-108 ft-lbs using
locknut spanner wrench.
q. When the bearing has cooled to room temperature, loosen bearing locknut (56) and retighten locknut to same
torque value as above (step A-5.3.p). This procedure will ensure that the bearing is against the shaft shoul-
der. Pack bearing with grease, per DOD-G-24508, 1/3 to 1/2 full.
r. Before assemble bracket frame (21), a special rod should be fabricated. Use a 3/8-inch diameter, 10-inch long
rod and thread one end 1/2 inch in length with 3/8-16 threads. Screw the special rod into inside bearing cap.
Mount bracket (21) on the rotor shaft and position it so that the special rod is protruding through one of the
unthreaded hole on bracket (21). Support the outer end of the rotor shaft with the notched board and remove
the inner notched board located between the shaft shoulder and inside bearing cap (22). Carefully, assemble
bracket to motor frame. Ensure that the bracket is kept straight so the bearing outer race will not jam in
bracket. Take care in engagement of pilot fit in frame recess to prevent misalignment.
s. Install cap screws (79) and lockwashers (93). Torque to value specified in table A-7.
Table A-7. Hansome Motor Torque Values.

Figure and
Index No. Name Torque Ft-Lbs
A-3-79 Bearing Brackets to Frame 78-98
-80 Bearing Outside Cap (ODE) to Inside Cap 40-50
-81 Inside Caps to Bearing Brackets 17-21
-82 Bearing Outside Cap (DE) to Inside Cap 17-21
-92 Fan Cover to Frame 17-21
t. Pull and hold rod toward bracket so that the inside bearing cap is against the bracket (21). Screw three cap
screws (81) with lockwashers (98) into inside bearing cap. Unscrew rod and screw the last cap screw with
lockwasher. Use 3/8-inch Allen wrench and tighten all screws to value specified in table A-7.
u. Remove the last notched board. Assemble outside cap (23) to bracket (21) with screws (80), lockwashers (98)
and tighten to torque specified in table A-7.
A-13
S6225-W6-MMA-010
v. Connect bearing thermistor (68) connector to outside cap (23) connector.
w. Assemble fan (27) to the shaft assembly (42) with key (53) and tighten screws (86).
x. Position fan cover (26) and tighten with screws (92) and lockwashers (100) to torque specified in table A-7.
y. Assemble top and bottom pipe nipples (73) with caps (74) to outside bearing cap (23).
z. Before connecting the motor to its power supply, inspect the unit thoroughly. Make certain there is no for-
eign material in the rotor and that the shaft rotates freely.
aa. Reconnect the electric wiring to the pump motor.
ing the electrical wiring to the pump motor.
ab. Remove the tags and restore power to the unit in accordance with established ship’s procedures.
ac. The pump is now ready for installation checkout in accordance with paragraph 2-4.
A-5.4 MOTOR DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY. The procedures to disassemble and reassemble the
motor for replacement of bearings are as follows: See figure 6-7, figure 7-1, figure 7-2 and figure A-3.
Summary.
A-14
S6225-W6-MMA-010


a. Drain unit by temporarily removing the pump discharge drain plug (1.8) and opening the pump vent valve
or vent plug.
b. Disconnect mechanical seal separator tubings (12.5.1, 12.5.2, 12.5.3) from casing connections, by unscrew-
ing the connector nuts (12.6.2).
c. Disconnect the electric wiring at the motor and tag the individual leads for correct connection at reinstalla-
tion.
d. Use a 1-11/16-inch wrench to remove the fasteners securing the motor to the motor foundation.
e. Remove nuts (1.5) from studs (1.4), and use jacking screws (3.5) to separate pump casing (1.1) from seal
head (3.1).
f. Before lifting the motor and seal head of the pump from its foundation, conduct a space survey to remove
the pump from the pump site to the repair facility. Select a removal route that requires the minimum removal
of any ship components.
In order to lessen chance of damage to critical pump parts, remove unit as a

whole if possible.
g. Use the motor eye bolt provided to lift the pumping unit from its foundation. Take a strain on the chain fall
and ensure that the casing (1.1) to seal head (3.1) rabbet fit is not binding at any point. Pull motor back
slowly (approx. 6 inches) until impeller clears the casing. When pump impeller is clear of pump casing, raise
the unit and transfer it to the repair facility via the selected shipboard route.
A-15
S6225-W6-MMA-010
All exposed threaded surfaces shall be protected to prevent accidental damage.
h. Place all disassembled pump parts in a marked box.
i. Remove separator (11) with bracket (12) by removing nut (3.8) and washer (12.1) holding bracket to motor
flange.
j. Refer to figure 6-4. Use a two inch pin spanner wrench per GGG-W-665B, Amendment 1, Type II, Grade
A and insert the spanner wrench pin into the pin hole on the motor shaft, located between the pump casing
(1.1) and the seal head (3.1), adjacent to flinger (7). Position the spanner wrench with a pipe extension piece
as shown to loosen the left impeller nut (6). The turning of impeller nut (6) will uncrimp lockwasher (5).
k. Slide off impeller lockwasher (5), impeller (2) and impeller key (8).
l. Remove socket head screws (9) to separate mechanical seal gland plate (10.10) from seal head (3.1). The
action of the mechanical seal springs will push gland plate away from seal head.
m. Remove nuts (3.8) and center bolts (3.6 and 3.7) securing seal head to motor.
n. Using jacking screws (3.5), separate seal head (3.1) from motor. Use hoist or two persons, remove seal head.
o. Turn motor rotor shaft by hand and lightly tap mechanical seal retainer (10.5) with a rubber mallet as it
rotates until it is loose on shaft sleeve (4). Remove retainer (10.5) from shaft sleeve (4), properly identify
and place in marked pump box.
p. Before sliding shaft sleeve (4) off motor rotor shaft, measure and record the distance between the end of the
shaft sleeve and the shaft shoulder adjacent to O-ring (4.1). This distance should be approximately 0.122 -
0.125 inch.
and turn retainer 10.5.
sleeve (4).
q. Remove gland plate (10.10), o-ring (4.1) and flinger (7).
A-16
S6225-W6-MMA-010

against nicks, scratches, burrs, etc.
r. Remove top and bottom pipe nipples (73) with attached pipe caps (74) from the fan cover assembly (26).
Remove top and bottom pipe nipples (70) and (72) from the DE bracket assembly (32). The motor will have
to be raised approximately 12 inches above its support platform to remove the two bottom pipe nipples (72
and 73). ODE pipe nipple (73) is 2 1/2 inches longer than DE nipple (72).
s. Use a 9/16-inch wrench to disconnect the two ball bearing thermistor PTC (68) connectors located outside
and at the bottom of the fan cover assembly (26) and at the DE bracket assembly (32).
t. Use a 9/16-inch wrench to remove cap screws (92) and lock washers (100) from fan cover assembly (26).
Remove fan cover (26) from ODE bracket assembly (20).
u. Loosen the three socket head screws (86) on the hub of the fan (27). Do not remove the three socket head
screws (86) completely, they must be in the same screw holes for correct fan balance. Pull fan (27) off the
motor shaft and remove fan key (53). Tighten caps screws (86) to ensure that they will not come free of the
fan hub.
v. Remove socket head screws (86) from balancing disk (37) on DE of motor rotor shaft. Pull balancing disk
(37) off of the shaft and remove balance disk key (54) from the rotor shaft. Screw socket head screws (86)
into balance disk (37) and place in plastic bag with key (54).
w. Use a 3/8-inch Allen wrench to remove cap screws (82), lockwashers (96) and remove DE outside bearing
cap (35). Use the 3/8-inch Allen wrench to remove cap screws (81) and lockwashers (98) from DE inside
bearing cap (34).
x. Before removing ODE bracket (21) and DE bracket (33), make two ″V″ notched supports, one at each end
of the motor rotor shaft to prevent rotor assembly (42) from resting on stator windings.
y. Use a 15/16-inch wrench to remove cap screws (79), lockwashers (93) from DE bracket (33). Use an 11/16-
inch wrench to loosen jam nuts (99) on jack screws (78). Use a 9/16-inch wrench to tighten jack screws
(78) alternately to separate end bracket (33) from rabbet fit in the stator frame (2).
z. Pull back end bracket (33) straight over outer race of ball bearing (36), to ensure outer race will not jam in
the bracket bore (33). Support DE rotor shaft with temporary shaft support.
aa. Use a 3/8-inch Allen wrench to remove cap screws (80) and lockwashers (98) and remove ODE outside
bearing cap (23). Use the 3/8-inch Allen wrench to remove cap screws (81) and lockwashers (98) from ODE
inside bearing cap (22). Use a 15/16-inch wrench to remove cap screws (79) and lockwashers (93) from
ODE bracket (21). Use an 11/16-inch wrench to loosen jam nuts (99) on jacking screws (78). Use a 9/16-
inch wrench to tighten the jacking screws
securely while end brackets/shields are removed.
ab. Pull ODE bracket (21) straight over outer race of ball bearing (24), to ensure outer race will not jam in
bracket bore (21). Place temporary rotor shaft support in position before completely removing bracket (21).
A-17
S6225-W6-MMA-010
ac. The maintenance activity should have a rotor lift device to remove rotor assembly (42) from motor frame
(2). Position lift device over motor frame (2), place nylon sling around DE of motor shaft, remove tempo-
rary shaft support and support DE of shaft with a sling. Hand hold ODE rotor shaft and push rotor shaft
toward DE of motor frame (2) until it is free and clear off stator windings. When rotor assembly (42) extends
out enough from motor frame, place the sling around rotor core and slowly move rotor shaft from motor
frame. Rebalance rotor shaft by removing and placing rotor in a cradle for removal of the motor bearings.
Slowly lower the rotor assembly on the ″V″ notched supports.
ad. Use a size 12 locknut spanner wrench to remove ODE bearing locknut (56). To remove ODE bearing (24)
use a standard bearing puller, specification GGG-P-781, Type 1, Class I, Style A, Size 4 and pull the inner
race. With the bearing removed, the inside bearing cap (22) and grease slinger (25) can now be removed
from shaft (43).
ae. Use a size 12 locknut spanner wrench to remove DE locknut (57). To remove DE bearing (36) use step
A-5.4.ad above. With the bearing removed, inside bearing cap (34) and grease slinger (39) can now be
removed from shaft (43).
af. Prior to installing new bearings (24) and (36), the motor rotor and stator insulation resistance values should
be taken in accordance with paragraph A-5.5.
ag. Remove old grease from ODE inside bearing cap (22) and DE inside bearing cap (34). Pack bearing caps
(22) and (34) chambers 1/3 full with clean grease per DOD-S-24508 and reinstall on shaft. Clean and inspect
grease slingers (25) and (39). Install slinger (25) on ODE of shaft and (34) on DE of shaft.
Grease slingers must be mounted on shaft before mounting bearings. If damaged,

they should be replaced.
ah. Place new bearings #311 and #312 in an oven and heat to a temperature of 203°F ± 10°F (95°C ± 5°C).
Leave the bearings in the oven for 30 minutes to one hour.
ai. Reinspect all parts to ensure that they are free of dirt and burrs. The shaft must be free of all scratches or
sharp edges that might interfere with proper bearing installation.
aj. Wear clean insulated gloves to remove the bearings from the oven. Press bearing #311 on DE of shaft and
#312 on ODE of shaft squarely against shoulders.
ak. Secure each bearing to shaft with bearing locknuts (56 and 57), insuring that locknuts are square against
bearing inner race. While the bearings are still warm, torque ODE locknut (56) to 81-108 ft-lbs and DE
locknut (57) to 97-130 ft-lbs.
al. When bearings have cooled to room temperature, loosen bearing locknuts (56 nut 57) and then retighten to
torque values as above (step A-5.4.ak).
am. Pack bearings 1/3 to 1/2 full with clean grease per DOD-G-24508.
an. Ensure the two ″V″ notched rotor supports are available for repositioning rotor in the stator frame.
ao. The shaft and rotor weigh 305 lbs. Lift the rotor shaft from the ″V″ notched supports and place in the rotor
lift nylon sling. Position rotor shaft (43) for correct sling balance and move rotor lift device to stator frame
(2). At ODE of stator frame push rotor shaft free and clear of stator windings toward the DE of the stator
frame until shaft extends out just enough for a second nylon sling to hold the rotor shaft in position.
ap. Screw a special rod (use a 3/8-inch diameter, 10-inch long, and thread one end 1/2 inch in length with 3/8-16
A-18
S6225-W6-MMA-010
threads) into ODE inside bearing cap (22). Place ODE bracket (21) over rotor shaft and push toward inside
bearing cap so that the special rod is protruding through one of the unthreaded hole. Place a ″V″ notched
support close to the end of the stator frame and remove the nylon sling.
aq. Align ODE bracket (21) matchmark with stator frame matchmark and push in evenly so that bearing outer
race will not jam in bracket bore. Ensure bracket (21) rabbet fit to stator frame (2) is evenly aligned around
its circumference. Use a 15/16-inch wrench to tighten cap screws (79) with lockwashers (93) to the torque
specified in table A-7. Remove the shaft support.
ar. Pull and hold rod so that inside bearing cap is against the bracket. Screw three cap screws (81) with lock-
washers (98) into inside bearing cap. Unscrew rod and screw the last cap screw with lockwasher. Use 3/8-
inch Allen wrench and tighten all screws to value specified in table A-7.
as. Remove old grease from outside bearing caps (23) and (35). Pack bearing caps (23) and (35) chambers 1/3
full with clean grease per DOD-G-24508. Install ODE outside bearing cap (23). Install cap screws (80) with
lockwashers (98) and use a 1/2-inch Allen wrench to tighten to the torque specified in table A-7.
at. Place a rotor ″V″ notched support close to the DE of the stator frame and remove the nylon sling. Use the
same special rod as above and screw into inside bearing cap. Place DE bracket (33) over rotor shaft and
push toward inside bearing cap so that the special rod is protruding through one of the unthreaded hole.
au. Align bracket (33) matchmark with stator frame matchmark and push in evenly so that bearing outer race
will not jam in bracket bore. Ensure bracket (33) rabbet fit to stator frame (2) is evenly aligned around its
circumference. Use a 15/16-inch wrench to tighten cap screws (79) with lockwashers (93) to the torque
av. Pull and hold rod so that inside bearing cap is against the bracket. Screw three cap screws (81) with lock-
washers (98) into inside bearing cap. Unscrew rod and screw the last cap screw with lockwasher. Use 3/8-
inch Allen wrench and tighten all screws to value specified in table A-7.
aw. Position the repacked outside bearing cap (35) with the matchmarks on DE bracket frame (33). Use a 3/8-
inch Allen wrench and tighten cap screws (82) with lockwashers (96) to the torque specified in table A-7.
ax. Install the DE balancing disk key (54) and position balancing disk (37) on key (54). Tighten the set screws
(86). Ensure balancing screws (91) are tight.
ay. Use a 9/16-inch wrench to connect the two bearing temperature thermistor (68) connectors located outside
and at the bottom of the ODE and DE motor brackets.
az. Install the fan key (53) in the ODE shaft keyway. Position fan (27) on key (53) with fan hub end position
first on key (53). Tighten the three set screws (86) on the hub of fan (27).
ba. Turn the rotor shaft by hand to ensure that the alignment is correct. Shaft should turn freely and silently.
bb. Place impeller key (8) in the rotor shaft keyway. Position impeller (2) with dowel pins (2.1) facing motor
DE bracket assembly (32). Use spanner pin wrench per figure 6-4 to hold rotor shaft while installing impel-
ler nut (6). Position lockwasher (5) on impeller key (8), torque left handed impeller nut (6) to the value
specified in table 6-2. Crimp lockwasher (5) on one impeller nut (6) flat.
bc. Because of the light weight of the titanium pump impeller, the rotor shaft and pump impeller shall be
dynamically balanced together. Dynamically balance the rotor shaft and impeller together, total imbalance
shall not exceed a decibel level of 90VdB. The overhauling activity shall prepare spectrum analyses for
vibration frequencies at the free end and pump end of the motor in radial and axial directions.
bd. Position fan cover (26) with matchmark on ODE bracket assembly (20). Screw in bolts (92) with lockwash-
ers (100) and torque to the value specified in table A-7.
A-19
S6225-W6-MMA-010
be. Lift the motor 12 inches above the support platform. Install the grease fittings (72, 73, 74). The shorter
grease nipples are used in the DE of the motor. Lower the motor down on the support platform.
bf. Use a spanner pin wrench and a pipe extension piece per figure 6-4 to hold rotor shaft to loosen impeller
nut (6). Remove impeller nut (6), lockwasher (5), impeller (2) and impeller key (8). Place impeller and parts
in marked pump box.
bg. Slide flinger (7) on the motor shaft against the balancing disks (37). Install new O-ring (4.1), properly lubri-
cated, in the motor shaft groove.
bh. Slide auxiliary gland (10.12) and gland plate (10.10) with new O-ring (10.11) evenly inserted in its O-ring
groove on to shaft. Rest gland plate (10.10) and auxiliary gland against flinger (7).
bi. With a lifting device or two persons, lift seal head (3.1) and fit to motor DE bracket flange (33). Use a 1
1/8-inch wrench for nuts (3.8) and bolts (3.6) to secure seal head (3.1) to motor DE bracket flange (33).
Install bolt (3.7) with lockwasher (12.1) between separator bracket (12) and motor DE bracket flange (33).
Torque nuts (3.8) to value specified in table 6-2. Use torquing sequence shown in figure 6-5.
bj. Use a standard 1/2-inch Allen socket wrench to secure gland plate (10.10) with cap screws (9) to seal head
(3.1). Torque gland plate cap screws to value specified in table 6-2 and sequence shown in figure 6-5.
bk. Position auxiliary gland (10.12) and loosely secure to gland plate (10.10) with cap screws (10.13). Insert
impeller key (8) in motor shaft keyway. Align shaft sleeve (4) keyway with impeller key (8) and push on
motor shaft (43).
bl. Push the new rotating mechanical seal retainer (10.5) on shaft sleeve (4) so that the back inside internal
chamber of retainer (10.5) is flush with large end of shaft sleeve (4). Turn retainer (10.5) so that the two
slots in the back end of retainer (10.5) are 90° off the sleeve (4) keyway centerline.
bm. Align impeller (2) keyway with shaft key (8) and push toward retainer (10.5). Ensure that impeller drive
pins (2.1) will engage in retainer (10.5) drive slots. Verify that the small end of shaft sleeve (4) is the same
distance from rotor shaft shoulder as recorded in step A-5.4.p. This distance must be accomplished to ensure
drive pins (2.1) are engaged in retainer (10.5) drive slots and large end of shaft sleeve (4) is flush against
the shaft shoulder.
A-20
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Caution - precedes
bn. Place impeller lockwasher (5) on rotor shaft and align the dovetail so that it engages in impeller key (8).
Install left hand threaded impeller nut (6) on shaft. Use a two inch pin spanner wrench per GGG-W-665B,
Amendment 1, Type II, Grade A, and a pipe extension piece and position them as shown in figure 6-4 to
hold shaft to tighten impeller nut (6). Use a 1 1/8-inch wrench and tighten impeller nut to the torque speci-
fied in table 6-2. Crimp lockwasher (5) on two flats of impeller nut (6).
bo. Check the runout of the impeller wearing surface which mates with the casing wearing ring (known as
impeller ring turn) on outboard side of impeller using a dial indicator. The total indicator reading should not
exceed 0.002 inch. Readings in excess of 0.002 inch indicate either the shaft runout is excessive or the
impeller wearing surface is eccentric. Refer to figure 6-3.
bp. In case of excessive impeller runout, verify the following areas:
a. Shaft runout at impeller fit diameter, should not exceed 0.001 inch T.I.R.
exceed 0.001 inch T.I.R.
c. Check impeller hub faces for squareness to shaft ore, which should be within 0.001 inch T.I.R.
0.002 inch T.I.R.
bq. Use a 3/16-inch Allen wrench and tighten cap screws (10.13) to secure the auxiliary gland (10.12).
br. With the motor eye bolt as the appropriate lifting point, transfer the assembled pumping unit to the ship
using the preplanned route determined in step A-5.4.f. Ensure marked pump box with remaining parts are
transferred to the site.
to protect studs and reamed holes in motor housing feet.
bs. Lower motor and seal head on motor foundation. Use a 1 13/16-inch wrench and tighten the four motor fas-
teners securing the motor to the foundation. The foundation bolting shall consist of carbon-steel bolts in
accordance with MIL-S-001222G, Amendment 3, Grade 5 with metallic-ceramic coating MIL-C-81751,
Type I, Class 4. Due to strength considerations, an acceptable alternate material is nickel alloy (K-Monel),
MIL-S-001222G, Amendment 3, Grade 500.
bt. Verify that the O-ring (1.6) seating area on the casing (1.1) and seal head (3.1) mating surface are clean and
free of any nicks or burrs.
A-21
S6225-W6-MMA-010
bu. Lubricate new O-ring (1.6) with SA 20 oil and install in pump casing (1.1) O-ring groove. Position seal head
(3.1) bolt holes to align with pump casing (1.1) bolt holes, so that studs (1.4) will pass through smoothly.
Use a 1 1/8-inch wrench to tighten nuts (1.5) on studs (1.4). Torque nuts (1.5) to the value specified in table
6-2 and torquing sequence shown in figure 6-5.
bv. Position separator (11) into separator bracket (12) with bracket and separator mounting holes in alignment.
mounting holes. Use an 11/16-inch wrench to connect mechanical seal tubings (12.5.1, 12.5.2, 12.5.3) to
do not have their threads crossed when they are tightened. Install suction and discharge gauge piping and
gauges in their respective fittings on the pump.
bw. Turn pump shaft by hand to ensure that it rotates freely.
bx. Ensure the Thermistor Monitor System circuit is correctly connected to the pump motor controller circuit.
If this thermistor system can not be connected to the motor controller circuit, report this deficiency imme-
diately to the cognizant personnel in the overhauling activity.
by. Reconnect the electric wiring to the pump motor.
bz. Remove the tags and restore power to the unit in accordance with established ship’s procedures.
ca. The pump is now ready for installation checkout in accordance with paragraph 2-4.
A-5.5 CORRECTING THE INSULATION RESISTANCE. Measurement of drive motor insulation resistance
Summary.
A-22
S6225-W6-MMA-010
c. Test the insulation resistance to ground with an approved megger. If after electrically isolating the machine
per NSTM S9086-KC-STM-000/CH-300, the cold insulation resistance, corrected to 25°C is less than 2
megohms, the unit should be cleaned and dried per NSTM S9086-KC-STM-000/CH-300. The resistance must
be at least 2 megohms, minimum acceptable value for operation, before the motor can be reassembled.
d. After cleaning and drying, recheck the insulation resistance. The resistance should now read 25 megohms,
corrected to 25°C. The drying procedures should be repeated at most 2 times.
e. With the insulation resistance corrected, the motor can be reassembled (reference paragraph A-5.4, steps
A-5.4.ad through A-5.4.be). Then with the motor reassembled, the pump end can be assembled to the motor
(reference paragraph A-5.4, step A-5.4.ax through A-5.4.bz).
f. If after cleaning and drying, the insulation resistance still remains less than 2 megohms, it is recommended
that the winding be reconditioned.
g. The pump end components will have to be disassembled from the motor (reference paragraph A-5.4, steps
A-5.4.a through steps A-5.4.q). Then the motor will have to be disassembled (reference paragraph A-5.4, steps
A-5.4.r through steps A-5.4.ac). When disassembling the motor, it will not be necessary to remove the bear-
ings from the shaft, however, they should be covered and protected from the elements while the motor is being
repair. With the motor disassembled, recondition the insulation per NSTM S9086-KC-STM-000/CH-300 or
follow procedures below.
h. The stator parts should be wiped down with clean rags; with cheesecloth being preferred for the windings. A
material that might deposit lint should never be used.
ing insulating varnish.
i. Clean the windings with an approved solvent (refer to NSTM S9086-KC-STM-000/CH-300), then coat the
windings and adjacent parts with a high grade, air drying varnish.
Do not depend on the insulation varnish alone to increase the insulation resis-
tance. Clean the stator parts and repair any defects first, then apply the varnish.
j. For drying windings, lamps or heating unit can be used. These should be distributed so that the temperature
of all parts will be uniform.
k. Test insulation resistance. Do not continue drying after insulation resistance readings become constant. The
reading should now read 500 megohms. If insulation resistance is still low (i.e. less than 2 megohms), there
is a defect. Ship the motor to an approved shop for repair.
l. With the insulation resistance corrected, the motor can be reassembled (reference paragraph A-5.4, step
A-5.4.ad through A-5.4.be). Then with the motor reassembled, the pump end can be assembled to the motor
(reference paragraph A-5.4, step A-5.4.bf through A-5.4.bz).
A-23
S6225-W6-MMA-010
A-6. CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE (GENERAL ELECTRIC MOTOR)
unscheduled basis to correct malfunctions in the General Electric motors, groups 1 and 2. Group 1 motors are the
original design utilizing only the interior bearing caps and the enclosed end shields. Group 2 motors eliminate
the gaskets, modify the end shields to incorporate the use of the additional exterior bearing caps, thus enabling
personnel to view the bearings without removing the end shields. Included in this chapter are procedures for
bearings removal and replacement. These are conditions most likely to be encountered with the electric motor. If
more extensive motor rework is required, it shall be done in accordance with NAVSEA S6260-BJ-GTP-010, Vol-
ume 1, Electric Motor Repair. Chapter 6 provides corrective maintenance instructions for the pump.

A-6.2 BEARINGS REPLACEMENT. The procedures for removal and replacement of the opposite drive end
(ODE) bearings are given in paragraph A-6.3, with paragraph A-6.3.1 for group 1 and paragraph A-6.3.2 for
group 2. The procedures for removal and replacement of the drive end (DE) bearings are given in paragraph
A-6.4, with paragraph A-6.4.1 for group 1 and paragraph A-6.4.2 for group 2. If the motor has been disassembled,
the bearings should be replaced.
A-6.3 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF THE OPPOSITE DRIVE END BEARING.
A-6.3.1 Group 1 Motor. For removal and replacement of group 1 motor opposite drive end (ODE) bearing
without removing motor from ship’s foundation, the following procedures should be followed: See figure A-4.
Summary.
A-24
S6225-W6-MMA-010


a. Remove pipe nipple (88) from end shield (60).

b. Remove screws (96) and lockwashers (97) from end shield (60) and remove fan cover (91).
c. Loosen screws (86) and remove plate (85), fan (98) and fan key (83).
d. Remove slinger/balancing disk (79) and slinger key (104).
e. Remove screws (70) and lockwashers (71) securing bearing cap (41). The bearing cap will then be loose on
the shaft shoulder behind the bearing.
f. Measure and make two boards with ″V″ notches to support the rotor shaft when end shield (60) is removed.
Place one board on the outer end of rotor shaft. Remove screws (68) with lockwashers (69) on the end shield
(60). Use the second board to support the shaft to prevent the rotor core (39) from resting on stator winding
(5) when the end shield is loose from recess in the stator frame.
g. Disassemble bearing thermistor (87) from end shield. Remove the outer support board.
h. Pull end shield (60) over the outer race of ball bearing. Take care to keep end shield straight so that the outer
race of bearing will not jam in the end shield bearing bore. Remove old grease from end shield.
i. Loosen and remove bearing locknut (99) and lockwasher (100).
j. Using Government standard bearing puller per Government Specification GGG-P-781, Type 1, Class 1, Style
″A″, Size 4, remove bearing (44) from shaft by pulling bearing inner race.
k. Remove grease slinger (105) and gasket (43).
l. Pull bearing cap (41) off rotor shaft and remove old grease. Repack with new grease per DOD-G-24508, 1/3
full.
m. Place bearing cap back on shaft shoulder behind ball bearing shaft seat. Assemble gasket (43) then grease
slinger (105) on shaft.
A-25
S6225-W6-MMA-010

n. Place new ball bearing (44), #312 in oven and heat to a temperature range of 193-213°F.
ing.
motor shaft squarely against shoulder. Install bearing locknut (99) and lockwasher (100) and tighten to
97-130 ft-lbs using locknut spanner wrench.
q. When the bearing has cooled to room temperature, loosen bearing locknut (99) and Tighten locknut to same
torque value as above (step A-6.3.1.p). This procedure will insure that the bearing is securely against the shaft
shoulder. Pack bearing with grease per DOD-G-24508, 1/3 to 1/2 full.
r. Before assemble end shield, a special rod should be fabricated. Use a 5/16-inch diameter, 10-inch long rod
and thread 1/2 inch in length with 5/16-18 threads.
s. Screw the special rod into bearing cap. Mount end shield on rotor shaft and position it so that the special rod
is protruding through one of the bolt holes on end shield. Support the outer end of rotor shaft with a notched
board and remove the inner support board.
t. Assemble bearing thermistor (87) to end shield (60).
u. Carefully, assemble the end shield. Be sure that end shield is kept straight so the bearing outer race will not
jam in end shield. Take care in engagement of pilot fit in frame recess to prevent misalignment.
v. Install screws (68) and lockwashers (69). Torque to value specified in table A-8. Remove the support board.
Table A-8. G.E. Motor Torque Values.

Figure and
A-4-68 End Shields (ODE) to Frame 78-98
-53 End Shield (DE) to Frame 78-98
-70 Bearing Cap (ODE) to End Shield, Group 1 11-13
-55 Bearing Cap (DE) to End Shield, Group 1 11-13
-67 Bearing Cap (ODE) to End Shield, Group 2 40-50
-103 Bearing Cap (DE) to End Shield, Group 2 40-50
-96 Fan Cover to Frame 11-13
A-26
S6225-W6-MMA-010
w. Hold and pull rod to ensure bearing cap is against end shield. Screw three screws (70) with lockwashers (71)
into bearing cap. Unscrew rod and install the last screw and lockwasher. Tighten all screws to value speci-
fied in table A-8.
x. Assemble slinger/balancing disk (79) and key (104) to recess in end shield (60).
y. Assemble fan (98) to the shaft (46) with key (83) and tighten screws (86).
z. Position fan cover (91) and tighten with screws (96) and lockwashers (97) to torque specified in table A-7.
aa. Assemble pipe nipples (88) with caps to end shield (60).
ab. Ensure the Thermistor Monitor System circuit is correctly connected to the pump motor controller circuit. If
this thermistor system can not be connected to the motor controller circuit, report this deficiency immedi-
ately to the cognizant personnel in the overhauling activity.
ac. Before connecting the motor to its power supply, inspect the unit thoroughly. Make certain there is no for-
ad. Reconnect the electric wiring to the pump motor.
ae. Remove the tags and restore power to the unit in accordance with established ship’s procedures.
af. The pump is now ready for installation checkout in accordance with paragraph 2-4.
A-6.3.2 Group 2 Motor. For removal and replacement of group 2 motor opposite drive end (ODE) bearing
without removing the motor from ship’s foundation, the following procedures should be followed: See figure A-4.
Summary.
A-27
S6225-W6-MMA-010


a. Remove pipe nipple (88) from end shield (120).

b. Remove screws (96) and lockwashers (97) from end shield (120) and remove fan cover (91).
c. Loosen screws (86) and remove plate (85), fan (98) and fan key (83).
d. Remove slinger/balancing disk (79) and slinger key (104).
e. Remove screws (67) and lockwashers (64). Interior bearing cap (118) will then be loose on shaft shoulder
behind the bearing. Remove the exterior bearing cap (117).
f. Measure and make two boards with ″V″ notches to support the rotor shaft when end shield (120) is removed.
(120). Use the second board to support the shaft to prevent the rotor core (39) from resting on stator wind-
ing (5) when the end shield is loose from recess in the stator frame.
g. Disassemble bearing thermistor (87) from end shield.
h. Remove the outer support board. Pull shield (120) over the outer race of ball bearing. Take care to keep end
shield straight so that the outer race of bearing will not jam in the end shield bearing bore. Remove old grease
from end shield.
i. Loosen and remove bearing locknut (99) and lockwasher (100).
j. Using Government standard bearing puller per Government Specification GGG-P-781, Type 1, Class 1, Style
″A″, Size 4, remove bearing (44) from shaft by pulling bearing inner race.
k. Remove grease slinger (105).
l. Pull interior bearing cap (118) off rotor shaft. Remove old grease and repack with new grease per DOD-G-
24508, 1/3 full.
A-28
S6225-W6-MMA-010
m. Place interior bearing cap back on shaft shoulder behind ball bearing shaft seat. Assemble grease slinger
(105) on shaft.

n. Place new ball bearing (44), #312 in oven and heat to a temperature range of 193-213 °F.
ing.
motor shaft squarely against shoulder. Install bearing locknut (99) and lockwasher (100) and tighten to
97-130 ft-lbs using locknut spanner wrench.
q. When the bearing has cooled to room temperature, loosen bearing locknut (99) and tighten locknut to same
torque value as above (step A-6.3.2.p). This procedure will insure that the bearing is securely against the shaft
r. Before assemble end shield (120), a special rod should be fabricated. Use a 5/16-inch diameter, 10-inch long
rod and thread 1/2 inch in length with 5/16-18 threads.
s. Screw the special rod into interior bearing cap (118). Mount end shield on rotor shaft and position it so that
the special rod is protruding through one of the bolt holes on end shield. Support the outer end of rotor shaft
with a support board and remove the inner support board.
t. Assemble bearing thermistor (87) to end shield.
u. Carefully, assemble the end shield. Be sure that end shield is kept straight so the bearing outer race will not
v. Install screws (68) and lockwashers (69). Torque to value specified in table A-8. Remove the support board.
w. Assemble exterior bearing cap (117) on shaft with the special rod protruding through one of the bolt holes.
x. Hold and pull rod to ensure interior bearing cap (118) is against the end shield. Screw three screws (67) with
lockwashers (64) into interior bearing cap securing it and exterior bearing cap (117) against end shield (120).
Unscrew rod and install the last screw and lockwasher. Tighten all screws to value specified in table A-8.
y. Assemble slinger/balancing disk (79) and key (104) on shaft.
z. Assemble fan (98) to the shaft assembly (46) with key (83) and tighten screws (86).
aa. Position fan cover (91) and tighten with screws (96) and lockwashers (97) to torque specified in table A-7.
ab. Assemble pipe nipple (88) with cap to end shield (120).
A-29
S6225-W6-MMA-010
ac. Ensure the Thermistor Monitor System circuit is correctly connected to the pump motor controller circuit. If
ad. Before connecting the motor to its power supply, inspect the unit thoroughly. Make certain there is no for-
ae. Reconnect the electric wiring to the pump motor.
af. Remove the tags and restore power to the unit in accordance with established ship’s procedures.
ag. The pump is now ready for installation checkout in accordance with paragraph 2-4.
A-6.4 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF THE DRIVE END BEARING.
A-6.4.1 Group 1 Motor. For removal and replacement of group 1 motor drive end (DE) bearing without
removing motor from ship’s foundation, the following procedures should be followed: See figure A-4.
Summary.
A-30
S6225-W6-MMA-010


a. Disassemble the pump end in accordance with step A-6.5.1.a through step A-6.5.1.q
b. Remove screws (58) securing fan guard (57) to end shield (49).
c. Remove grease slinger/balancing disc (80) and slinger key (104).
d. Remove screws (55) and lockwashers (56) securing bearing cap (42). The inside cap will then be loose on
the shaft shoulder behind the bearing.
e. Measure and make two boards with ″V″ notches to support the rotor shaft when end shield (49) is removed.
(49). Use the second board to support the shaft to prevent the rotor core (39) from resting on stator winding
(5) when the end shield is loose from recess in the stator frame.
f. Disassemble bearing thermistor (87) from end shield (49).
g. Remove the outer support board. Remove end shield (49) over outer race of ball bearing. Take care to keep
shield straight so that outer race of bearing will not jam in shield bearing bore. Remove old grease from end
shield.
h. Loosen and remove bearing locknut (101) and lockwasher (102).
i. Using Government standard bearing puller per Government Specification GGG-P-781, Type 1, Class 1, Style
″A″, Size 4 remove bearing from shaft by pulling on bearing inner race.
j. Remove grease slinger (106), gasket (47), and bearing cap (42).
k. Remove old grease from bearing cap and repack with new grease per DOD-G-24058, 1/3 full.
l. Place bearing cap back on shaft shoulder behind ball bearing shaft seat. Assemble grease slinger (106) and
gasket (47) on shaft.

m. Place new bearing (45), #311, in an oven and heat to a temperature range of 193-213 °F.
A-31
S6225-W6-MMA-010
n. Reinspect all disassembled parts to ensure that they are free of dirt and burrs. The shaft must be free of all
scratches or sharp edgers that might interfere with proper bearing installation.
ing.
o. Remove the bearing from the oven using clean insulated 4 gloves. While bearing is warm, press bearing on
motor shaft squarely against shoulder. Install bearing locknut (101) and lockwasher (102) and tighten locknut
to 81-108 ft-lbs using locknut spanner wrench.
p. When the bearing has cooled to room temperature, loosen bearing locknut (101) and tighten locknut to same
torque value as above (step A-6.4.1.o). This procedure will insure that the bearing is against the shaft shoul-
der. Pack bearing with grease per DOD-G-24508, 1/3 to 1/2 full.
q. Before assembling end shield (49), a special rod should be fabricated. Use a 5/16-inch diameter, 10-inch long
r. Screw the special rod into bearing cap. Mount end shield on rotor shaft and position it so that the special rod
is protruding through one of the bolt holes on end shield. Support the outer end of rotor shaft with a support
board and remove the inner support board.
s. Assemble bearing thermistor (87) to end shield (49).
t. Carefully, assemble the end shield. Be sure that end shield is kept straight so the bearing outer race will not
u. Install cap screws (53) lockwashers (54). Torque to value specified in table A-8.
v. Hold and pull rod to ensure bearing cap is against end shield. Screw three screws (55) with lockwashers (56)
into 4 bearing cap. Unscrew rod and install the last screw and lockwasher. Tighten all screws to value speci-
fied in table A-8.
w. Assemble grease slinger/balancing disk (80) and key (104) to recess in end shield (49).
x. Secure fan guard (57) with screws (58) to end shield.
y. Reassemble the pump end in accordance with step A-6.5.1.ba through step A-6.5.1.bu.
z. Ensure the Thermistor Monitor System circuit is correctly connected to the pump motor controller circuit. If
aa. Before connecting the motor to its power supply, inspect the unit thoroughly. Make certain that there is no
foreign material in the motor and the shaft rotates freely.
ab. Reconnect the electric wiring to the pump motor.
A-32
S6225-W6-MMA-010
ac. Remove the tags and restore power to the unit in accordance with established ship’s procedures.
ad. The pump is now ready for installation checkout in accordance with paragraph 2-4.
A-6.4.2 Group 2 Motor. For removal and replacement of group 2 motor drive end (DE) bearing without
removing motor from ship’s foundation, the following procedures should be followed: See figure A-4.
Summary.


a. Disassemble the pump end in accordance with step A-6.5.1.a through step A-6.5.1.q.
A-33
S6225-W6-MMA-010
b. Remove screws (58) securing fan guard (57) to end shield (119).
c. Remove grease slinger/balancing disc (80) and slinger key (104).
d. Remove screws (103) and lockwashers (64). Interior bearing cap (116) will then be loose on shaft shoulder
e. Measure and make two boards with ″V″ notches to support the rotor shaft when end shield (119) is removed.
Place one board on the outer end of rotor shaft. Remove screws (53) with lockwashers (54) on the end shield.
Use the second board to support the shaft to prevent the rotor core (39) from resting on stator winding (5)
when the end shield is loose from recess in the stator frame.
f. Disassemble bearing thermistor (87) from end shield (119). Remove the outer support board.
g. Remove end shield (119) over outer race of ball bearing. Take care to keep shield straight so that outer race
of bearing will not jam in shield bearing bore. Remove old grease from end shield.
h. Loosen and remove bearing locknut (101) and lockwasher (102).
i. Using Government standard bearing puller per Government Specification GGG-P-781, Type 1, Class 1, Style
″A″, Size 4 remove bearing from shaft by pulling on bearing inner race.
j. Remove grease slinger (106) and interior bearing cap (116).
k. Remove old grease from interior bearing cap and repack with new grease per DOD-G-24508, 1/3 full.
l. Place interior bearing cap back on shaft shoulder behind ball bearing shaft seat. Assemble grease slinger
(106) on shaft.

m. Place flew bearing (45), #311, in an oven and heat to a temperature range of 193-213°F.
n. Reinspect all disassembled parts to ensure that they are free of dirt and burrs. The shaft must be free of all
scratches or sharp edgers that might interfere with proper bearing installation.
ing.
o. Remove the bearing from the oven using clean insulated gloves. While the bearing is warm, press bearing on
motor shaft squarely against shoulder. Install bearing locknut (101) and lockwasher (102) and tighten locknut
to 81-108 ft-lbs using locknut spanner wrench.
p. When the bearing has cooled to room temperature, loosen bearing locknut (101) and tighten locknut to same
torque value as above (step A-6.4.2.o). This procedure will insure that the bearing is securely against the shaft
q. Before assemble end shield (119), a special rod should be fabricated. Use a 5/16-inch diameter, 10-inch long
A-34
S6225-W6-MMA-010
r. Screw the special rod into interior bearing cap (116). Mount end shield on rotor shaft and position it so that
the special rod is protruding through one of the bolt holes on end shield. Support the outer end of rotor shaft
with a notched board and remove the inner support board.
s. Assemble bearing thermistor (87) to end shield (119).
t. Carefully, assemble the end shield. Be sure that end shield is kept straight so the bearing outer race will not
u. Install cap screws (53) lockwashers (54). Torque to value specified in table A-8.
v. Assemble exterior bearing cap (115) on shaft with the special rod protruding through one of the bolt holes.
w. Hold and pull rod to ensure interior bearing cap (116) is against the end shield. Screw three screws (103)
with lockwashers (64) into interior bearing cap securing it and exterior bearing cap (115) against end shield
(119). Unscrew rod and install the last screw and lockwasher. Tighten all screws to value specified in table
A-8.
x. Assemble grease slinger/balancing disk (80) and key (104) on shaft.
y. Secure fan guard (57) with screws (58) to end shield.
z. Reassemble the pump end in accordance with step A-6.5.1.ba through step A-6.5.1.bu.
aa. Ensure the Thermistor Monitor System circuit is correctly connected to the pump motor controller circuit. If
ab. Before connecting the motor to its power supply, inspect the unit thoroughly. Make certain that there is no
ac. Reconnect the electric wiring to the pump motor.
ad. Remove the tags and restore power to the unit in accordance with established ship’s procedures.
ae. The pump is now ready for installation checkout in accordance with paragraph 2-4.
A-6.5 MOTOR DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY. The procedures for disassembly and reassembly of
group 1 motor are given in paragraph A-6.5.1. The procedures for group 2 motor are given in paragraph A-6.5.2.
A-6.5.1 Group 1 Motor. The procedures to disassemble and reassemble the group 1 motor for internal correc-
tive actions are as follows: See figures 6-7, 7-1, 7-2, and A-4.
Summary.
A-35
S6225-W6-MMA-010


or vent plug.
b. Disconnect mechanical seal separator tubings (12.5.1, 12.5.2, 12.5.3) from casing connections, by unscrew-
ing the connector nuts (12.6.2).
tion.
d. Use a 1 11/16-inch wrench to remove the fasteners securing the motor to the motor foundation.
head (3.1).
A-36
S6225-W6-MMA-010

whole if possible.
g. Use the motor eye bolt provided to lift pumping unit from its foundation. Take a strain on the chain fall and
ensure that the casing (1.1) to seal head (3.1) rabbet fit is not binding at any point. Pull motor back slowly
(approx. 6 inches) until impeller clears the casing. When pump impeller is clear of pump casing, raise the
unit and transfer it to the repair facility via the selected shipboard route.

flange.
j. Refer to figure 6-4. Use a 2-inch pin spanner wrench per GGG-W-665B, Amendment 1, Type II, Grade A
and insert the spanner wrench pin into the pin hole on the motor shaft, located between the pump casing
(1.1) and the seal head (3.1), adjacent to flinger (7). Position the spanner wrench with a pipe extension piece
as shown to loosen the left impeller nut (6). The turning of impeller nut (6) will uncrimp lock washer (5).
n. Using jacking screws (3.5), separate seal head (3.1) from motor. Use hoist or two persons, remove the seal
head.
A-37
S6225-W6-MMA-010
0.125 inch.
sleeve (4).
q. Remove gland plate (10.10), O-ring (4.1) and flinger (7).

r. Remove pipe nipple (88) from ODE end shield (60).
s. Remove screws (58) securing fan guard (57) to DE shield (49).
t. Remove DE grease slinger/balancing disc (80) and slinger key (104).
u. Remove screws (55) and lockwashers (56) securing DE bearing cap (42). The inside cap will then be loose
on the shaft on shoulder behind bearing.
v. Measure and make two boards with ″V″ notches to support the rotor shaft when DE shield (49) is removed.
Place one board on the outer end of DE rotor shaft. Remove screws (53) with lockwashers (54) on the end
shield (49). Use the second board to support the shaft when loosen the DE end shield from recess in stator
frame to prevent the rotor core (39) from resting on the stator winding (5).
w. Disassemble the bearing thermistor (87) from DE shield (49). Remove the outer support board.
x. Remove DE shield (49) over outer race of ball bearing. Take care to keep shield straight so that outer race
of bearing will not jam in the shield bearing bore.
y. Remove old grease from end shield.
z. Remove screws (96) and lockwashers (97) from ODE shield and remove fan cover (91).
aa. Loosen screws (86) and remove plate (85), fan (98) and fan key (83).
ab. Remove slinger/balancing disk (79) and slinger key (104).
ac. Remove screws (70) and lockwashers (71) securing ODE bearing cap (41). The bearing cap will then be
loose on the shaft shoulder behind the bearing.
A-38
S6225-W6-MMA-010
ad. Measure and make two boards with ″V″ notches to support the rotor shaft when ODE end shield (60) is
removed. Place one board on the outer end of ODE rotor shaft. Remove screws (68) with lockwashers (69)
on the end shield (60). Use the second board to support the shaft to prevent the rotor core (39) from rest-
ing on stator winding (5) when the end shield is loose from recess in the stator frame.
ae. The maintenance activity should have a rotor lift device to remove rotor assembly from motor frame. Posi-
tion lift device over motor frame, place nylon sling around DE of motor shaft, remove temporary shaft sup-
port and support DE of shaft with a sling. Hand hold ODE rotor shaft and push rotor shaft toward DE of
motor frame until it is free and clear off stator windings. When rotor assembly extends out enough from
motor frame, place the sling around rotor core and slowly move rotor shaft from motor frame. Balance rotor
shaft by removing and placing rotor in a cradle for removal of the motor bearings. Slowly lower the rotor
assembly on the ″V″ notched supports.
af. If replacement of ODE bearing (44) or DE bearing (45) is required, follow procedures in paragraph A-6.3.1
or paragraph A-6.4.1 respectively.
ag. Perform necessary internal repair to the motor, and take stator insulation resistance in accordance with
paragraph A-5.5.
ah. Ensure the two ″V″ notched rotor supports are available for repositioning rotor in stator frame.
ai. The shaft and rotor weigh 305 lbs. Lift the rotor shaft from the ″V″ notched supports and place in the rotor
lift nylon sling. Position rotor shaft for correct sling balance and move rotor lift device to motor frame. At
ODE of motor frame push rotor shaft free and clear of stator windings toward the DE of the motor frame
until shaft extends out just enough for a second nylon sling to hold the rotor shaft in position.
aj. Before assembly of DE end shield (49), a special rod should be fabricated. Use a 5/16-inch diameter, 10-inch
long rod and thread 1/2 inch in length with 5/16-18 threads.
ak. Screw the special rod into DE bearing cap. Mount DE end shield on rotor shaft and position it so that the
special rod is protruding through one of the bolt holes on end shield. Support the outer end of DE rotor shaft
with a notched board and remove the inner support board.
al. Assemble bearing thermistor (87) to DE end shield (49).
am. Carefully, assemble the end shield. Be sure that end shield is kept straight so the bearing outer race will not
an. Install cap screws (55) lockwashers (54). Torque to value specified in table A-8.
ao. Hold and pull rod to ensure bearing cap is against DE end shield. Screw three screws (55) with lockwashers
(56) into bearing cap. Unscrew rod and install the last screw and lockwasher. Tighten all screws to value
specified in table A-8.
ap. Assemble grease slinger/balancing disk (80) and key (104) to recess in DE end shield (49).
aq. Secure fan guard (57) with screws (58) to end shield.
ar. Screw the special rod into ODE bearing cap. Mount ODE end shield on rotor shaft and position it so that
the special rod is protruding through one of the bolt holes on end shield. Support the outer end of ODE rotor
shaft with a notched board and remove the inner board.
A-39
S6225-W6-MMA-010
as. Assemble bearing thermistor (87) to end shield (60).

at. Carefully, assemble the end shield. Be sure that end shield is kept straight so the bearing outer race will not
au. Install screws (68) and lockwashers (69). Torque to value specified in table A-8. Remove the notched board.
av. Hold and pull rod to ensure bearing cap is against end shield. Screw three screws (70) with lockwashers
(71) into bearing cap. Unscrew rod and install the last screw and lockwasher. Tighten all screws to value
specified in table A-8.
aw. Assemble slinger/balancing disk (79) and key (104) to recess in end shield (60).
ax. Assemble fan (98) to the shaft assembly (46) with key (83) and tighten screws (86).
ay. Position fan cover (91) and tighten with screws (96) and lockwashers (97) to torque specified in table A-7.
az. Assemble pipe nipples (88) with caps to ODE end shield (60).
ba. With assembly complete, rotate shaft by hand to determine that the alignment is correct. Shaft should turn
freely.
DE end shield (49). Use spanner pin wrench and pipe extension piece per figure 6-4 to hold rotor shaft while
installing impeller nut (6). Position lockwasher (5) on impeller key (8), torque left handed impeller nut (6)
to the value specified in table 6-1. Crimp lockwasher (5) on one impeller nut (6) flat.
bd. Use a spanner pin wrench and a pipe extension piece per figure 6-4 to hold rotor shaft to loosen impeller
in marked pump box.
be. Slide flinger (7) on the motor shaft. Install new O-ring (4.1), properly lubricated, in the motor shaft groove.
bf. Slide auxiliary gland (10.12) and gland plate (10.10) with new O-ring (10.11) evenly inserted in its O-ring
bg. With a lifting device or two persons lift seal head (3.1) and fit to motor DE bracket flange (33). Use a 1
1/8-inch wrench for nuts (3.8) and bolts (3.6) to secure seal head (3.1) to motor DE bracket flange (33).
Install bolt (3.7) lockwasher (12.1) between separator bracket (12) and motor DE bracket flange (33). Torque
nuts (3.8) to value specified in table 6-2. Use torquing sequence shown in figure 6-5.
bh. Use a standard 1/2-inch Allen socket wrench to secure gland plate (10.10) with cap screws (9) to seal head
bi. Position auxiliary gland (10.12) and loosely secure to gland plate (10.10) with cap screws (10.13). Insert
motor shaft (43).
A-40
S6225-W6-MMA-010
bj. Push the new rotating mechanical seal retainer (10.5) on shaft sleeve (4) so that the back inside internal
chamber of retainer (10.5) is flush with large end of shaft sleeve (4). Turn retainer (10.5) 50 that the two
bk. Align impeller (2) keyway with shaft key (8) and push toward retainer (10.5). Ensure that impeller drive
distance from rotor shaft shoulder as recorded in step A-6.5.1.p. This distance must be accomplished to
ensure drive pins (2.1) are engaged in retainer (10.5) drive slots and large end of shaft sleeve (4) is flush
against the shaft shoulder.
bl. Place impeller lockwasher (5) on rotor shaft and align the dovetail so that it engages in impeller key (8).
Install left hand threaded impeller nut (6) on shaft. Use a 2-inch pin spanner wrench per GGG-W-665B,
bm. Check the runout of the impeller wearing surface which mates with the casing wearing ring (known as
bn. In case of excessive impeller runout, verify the following areas:
0.002 inch T.I.R.
bo. Use a 3/16-inch Allen wrench and tighten cap screws (10.13) to secure the auxiliary gland (10.12).
bp. With the motor eye bolt as the appropriate lifting point, transfer the assembled pumping unit to the ship
using the preplanned route determined in step A-6.5.1.f. Ensure marked pump box with remaining parts are
A-41
S6225-W6-MMA-010
bq. Lower motor and seal head on motor foundation. Use a 1-13/16-inch wrench and tighten the four motor fas-
br. Verify that the O-ring (1.6) seating area on the casing (1.1) and seal head (3.1) mating surface are clean and
bs. Lubricate new O-ring (1.6) with SA 20 oil and install in pump casing (1.1) O-ring groove. Position seal head
bt. Position separator (11) into separator bracket (12) with bracket and separator mounting holes in alignment.
bu. Turn pump shaft by hand to ensure that it rotates freely.
bv. Ensure the Thermistor Monitor System circuit is correctly connected to the pump motor controller circuit.
bw. Before connecting the motor to its power supply, inspect the unit thoroughly. Make certain that there is no
bx. Reconnect the electric wiring to the pump motor.
by. Remove the tags and restore power to the unit in accordance with established ship’s procedures.
bz. The pump is now ready for installation checkout in accordance with paragraph 2-4.
A-42
S6225-W6-MMA-010
A-6.5.2 Group 2 Motor. The procedures to disassemble and reassemble the group 2 motor for internal correc-
tive actions are as follows: See figures 6-7, 7-1, 7-2 and A-4.
Summary.


a. Disassemble the pump end in accordance with step A-6.5.1.a through A-6.5.1.q.
b. Remove pipe nipple (88) from ODE shield (120).
c. Remove screws (58) securing fan guard (57) to DE shield (119).
d. Remove grease DE slinger/balancing disc (80) and slinger key (104).
A-43
S6225-W6-MMA-010
e. Remove screws (103) and lockwashers (64). The interior bearing cap (116) will then be loose on the shaft
f. Measure and make two boards with ″V″ notches to support the rotor shaft when DE shield (119) is removed.
Place one board on the outer end of DE rotor shaft. Remove screws (53) with lockwashers (54) on the end
shield. Use the second board to support the shaft to prevent the rotor core (39) from resting on stator wind-
ing (5) when the DE end shield is loosen from recess in stator frame.
g. Disassemble bearing thermistor (87) from DE shield (119).
h. Remove the outer support board. Remove DE shield (119) over outer race of ball bearing. Take care to keep
shield straight so that outer race of bearing will not jam in the shield bearing bore. Remove old grease from
end shield.
i. Remove pipe nipple (88) from ODE shield (120).
j. Remove screws (96) and lockwashers (97) from ODE shield and remove fan cover (91).
k. Loosen screws (86) and remove plate (85), fan (98) and fan key (83).
l. Remove ODE slinger/balancing disk (79) and slinger key (104).
m. Remove screws (67) and lockwashers (64). The interior bearing cap (118) will then be loose on the shaft
shoulder behind the bearing. Remove the exterior bearing cap (117).
n. Measure and make two boards with ″V″ notches to support the rotor shaft when ODE end shield (120) is
removed. Place one board on the outer end of ODE rotor shaft. Remove screws (68) with lockwashers (69)
on the end shield. Use the second board to support the shaft to prevent the rotor core (39) from resting on
stator winding (5) when the end shield is loose from recess in the stator frame.
o. The maintenance activity should have a rotor lift device to remove rotor assembly from motor frame. Posi-
tion lift device over motor frame, place nylon sling around DE of motor shaft, remove temporary shaft sup-
port and support DE of shaft with a sling. Hand hold ODE rotor shaft and push rotor shaft toward DE of
motor frame until it is free and clear off stator windings. When rotor assembly extends out enough from
motor frame, place the sling around rotor core and slowly move rotor shaft from motor frame. Balance rotor
shaft by removing and placing the rotor in a cradle for removal of the motor bearings. Slowly lower the rotor
assembly on the ″V″ notched supports.
p. If replacement of ODE bearing (44) or DE bearing (45) is required, follow procedures in paragraph A-6.3.2
or paragraph A-6.4.2 respectively.
q. Perform necessary internal repair to the motor, and take stator insulation resistance in accordance with
paragraph A-5.5.
r. Ensure the two ″V″ notched rotor supports are available for repositioning rotor in stator frame.
s. The shaft and rotor weigh 305 lbs. Lift the rotor shaft from the ″V″ notched supports and place in the rotor
lift nylon sling. Position rotor shaft for correct sling balance and move rotor lift device to motor frame. At
ODE of motor frame push rotor shaft free and clear of stator windings toward the DE of the motor frame
A-44
S6225-W6-MMA-010
t. Before assembly of DE shield (119), a special rod should be fabricated. Use a 5/16-inch diameter, 10-inch
long rod and thread 1/2 inch in length with 5/16-18 threads.
u. Screw the special rod into DE interior bearing cap (116). Mount DE shield on rotor shaft and position it so
that the special rod is protruding through one of the bolt holes on end shield. Support the outer end of DE
rotor shaft with a support board and remove the inner support board.
v. Assemble bearing thermistor (87) to DE shield (119).
w. Carefully, assemble the end shield. Be sure that end shield is kept straight so the bearing outer race will not
jam in the end shield. Take care in engagement of pilot fit in frame recess to prevent misalignment.
x. Install cap screws (53) lockwashers (54). Torque to value specified in table A-8.
y. Assemble exterior bearing cap (115) on shaft with the special rod protruding through one of the bolt holes.
z. Hold and pull rod to ensure interior bearing cap (116) is against the end shield. Screw three screws (103)
with lockwashers (64) into interior bearing cap securing it and exterior bearing cap (115) against end shield
(119). Unscrew rod and install the last screw and lockwasher. Tighten all screws to value specified in table
A-8.
aa. Assemble DE grease slinger/balancing disk (80) and key (104) on shaft.
ab. Secure fan guard (57) with screws (58) to end shield.
ac. Screw the special rod into ODE interior bearing cap (118). Mount ODE end shield (120) on rotor shaft and
position it so that the special rod is protruding through one of the bolt holes on end shield. Support the outer
end of ODE rotor shaft with a support board and remove the inner support board.
ad. Assemble bearing thermistor (87) to end shield.
ae. Carefully, assemble the end shield. Be sure that end shield is kept straight so the bearing outer race will not
jam in the end shield. Take care in engagement of pilot fit in frame recess to prevent misalignment.
af. Install screws (68) and lockwashers (69). Torque to value specified in table A-8. Remove the support board.
ag. Assemble exterior bearing cap (117) on shaft with the special rod protruding through one of the bolt holes.
ah. Hold and pull rod to ensure interior bearing cap (118) is against the end shield. Screw three screws (67) with
lockwashers (64) into interior bearing cap securing it and exterior bearing cap (117) against end shield (120).
Unscrew rod and install the last screw and lockwasher. Tighten all screws to value specified in table A-8.
ai. Assemble ODE slinger/balancing disk (79) and key (104) on shaft.
aj. Assemble fan (98) to the shaft (46) with key (83) and tighten screws (86).
ak. Position fan cover (91) and tighten with screws (96) and lockwashers (97) to torque specified in table A-8.
al. Assemble pipe nipples (88) with caps to ODE shield (120).
am. With assembly complete, rotate shaft by hand to determine that the alignment is correct. Shaft should turn
freely.
an. Reassemble the pump end in accordance with step A-6.5.1.bb through step A-6.5.1.bu.
ao. Ensure the Thermistor Monitor System circuit is correctly connected to the pump motor controller circuit.
ap. Before connecting the motor to its power supply, inspect the unit thoroughly. Make certain that there is no
A-45
S6225-W6-MMA-010
aq. Reconnect the electric wiring to the pump motor.
ar. Remove the tags and restore power to the unit in accordance with established ship’s procedures.
as. The pump is now ready for installation checkout in accordance with paragraph 2-4.
A-7. PARTS LIST
A-7.1 INTRODUCTION. This chapter contains the parts lists for the electrical motors used on the horizontal
pumping unit.
A-7.2 PARTS LIST TABLES. The General Electric motor parts are listed in figure A-4, located in chapter A-8.
The Hansome motor parts are listed below, in table A-9. The table contains five columns which are described
in paragraph 7-3.
The Mawdsley’s Limited Motor parts are listed in figures A-5 and A-6, located in chapter A-8.1, and in table
A-10.
Table A-9. Motor Parts List-Hansome

Figure and
Index No. Description Qty CAGE Mfg. Part Code
A-3-1 Stator core and frame assembly 1 51802 HAN-2622G1
-2 . Frame 1 51802 HAN-2623-1
-3 . Stator core plate 11-1/4 required 1 51802 HAN-2634-1
-4 . Core end plate 2 51802 HAN-2624-1
-5 . Stator ring key 1 51802 HAN-650-1
-6 . Eyebolt 1 51802 HAN-375-14
-8 Terminal box assembly 1 51802 HAN-644G2
-9 . Terminal box 1 51802 HAN-644-6
-10 . Terminal box cover 1 51802 HAN-644-5
-11 . Terminal box mounting gasket 1 51802 HAN-912-2
-12 . Terminal box cover gasket 1 51802 HAN-912-1
-13 Lead clamp assembly 1 51802 HAN-133G16
-14 . Clamping piece, upper and lower 2 51802 HAN-135-31
-15 . Clamping piece, middle 1 51802 HAN-135-26
-16 . Lead clamp support 1 51802 HAN-134-1
-20 End bracket assembly, ODE 1 51802 HAN-2130G1
-21 . End bracket 1 51802 HAN-2130-1
-22 . Bearing inside cap 1 51802 HAN-2080-1
-23 . Bearing outside cap 1 51802 HAN-2124-1
-24 Ball bearing, #312, ODE 1 51802 ESB-050-10
-25 Grease Slinger 1 51802 HAN-239-13
-26 Fan cover 1 51802 HAN-2628G1
A-46
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Table A-9. Motor Parts List-Hansome - Continued
Figure and
-27 Fan 1 51802 HAN-2626-1
-32 End bracket assembly, DE 1 51802 HAN-2123G1
-33 . End bracket 1 51802 HAN-2123-1
-34 . Bearing inside cap 1 51802 HAN-2081-1
-35 . Bearing outside cap 1 51802 HAN-2129-1
-36 Ball bearing, #311, DE 1 51802 ESB-050-9
-37 Balancing disk, DE 1 51802 HAN-2128-1
-38 Screen 2 51802 HAN-307-8
-39 Grease slinger 1 51802 HAN-239-2-12
-40 Spring washer 1 51802 ESB-012-27
-42 Rotor assembly, complete 1 51802 HAN-2627G1
-43 . Shaft 1 51802 HAN-2125-1
-44 . Motor core assembly 1 51802 HAN-2647G1
-45 . Shrink ring 1 51802 HAN-102-26
-46 . Rotor core plate 11-1/2 required 1 51802 HAN-2634-2
-51 . Stator core key 1 51802 HAN-2621-5
-52 . Rotor core key 1 51802 HAN-2125-2
-53 . Fan key, ODE 1 51802 HAN-2125-4
-54 Balancing disk key, DE 1 51802 HAN-2125-3
-55 . Shaft extension key 1 51802 HAN-2125-5
-56 . Bearing locknut, ODE 1 51802 ESB-009-12
-57 . Bearing locknut, DE 1 51802 ESB-009-11
-59 Rewinding plate 1 51802
-60 Low noise plate 1 51802 HAN-308-1
-61 Identification plate 1 51802 HAN-160-1
-62 Rotation plate 1 51802
-63 Lubricant capacity plate 2 51802
-64 Advisory plate 1 51802 HAN-262011
-65 Pipe plug 2 51802 HAN-1132-1
-66 Thermistor box gasket 1 51802 HAN-1633-1
-67 Monitor system thermistor 1 14678 461A010-2
-68 Bearing thermistor PTC 2 14678 PCC#T8055
-69 Relay 1 14678 IDEX #RH2B-U-
DC12V
-70 Pipe nipple, DE 1/4 Std x 1-1/2 Lg Stl, Zinc plated 1
-71 Tubing, 3/8 OCx1/4 IDx4 ft Teflon, Comml 2
-72 Pipe nipple, DE 1/4 Std x 7 Stl, zinc plated, WW-N- 1
351
-73 Pipe nipple, ODE 1/4 Std x 10 Stl, zinc plated. 2
WW-N-351
-74 Pipe cap, 1/4 Std Stl, zinc plated. WW-N-471 4
-75 Grease cup, #0 Female Stl, zinc plated, Comml 2
-77 Screw, cap hex hd 1/4-20x3/4 Stl, zinc plated FF-S-85 4
-78 Screw, cap hex hd 3/8-16x1-3/4 Brz, FF-S-85 4
-79 Screw, cap hex hd 5/8-11x3 Stl, zinc plated, FF-S-85 16
-80 Screw, cap sch 1/2-13x3-1/4 Stl, zinc plated, FF-S-86 4
A-47
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Table A-9. Motor Parts List-Hansome - Continued
Figure and
-81 Screw, cap sch 3/8-16x2-1/4 Stl, zinc plated, FF-S-86 4
-82 Screw, cap sch 3/8-16x3 Stl, zinc plated, FF-S-86 4
-85 Screw, mach rd hd #10-24x1/2 Stl, zinc plated, 16
FF-S-86
-86 Screw, set soc hdls cp 5/16-18x5/8 Stl, zinc plated, 5
Comml
-88 Screw, rd hd, drive (hard) #4x5/16 Stl, cad plated, 23
FF-S-107
-89 Screw, cap hex hd 1/4-20x2-1/4 Stl, zinc plated, 2
FF-S-85
-91 Screw, set soc hdls (Nylok) 3/8-16x3/4 Stl, zinc plated, 8
Comml
-93 Lockwasher, pos. 5/8 std Stl, zinc plated, Comml 16
-94 Lockwasher, pos. #10 std Stl, zinc plated, Comml 16
-96 Lockwasher, pos. 1/2 Hi Collar Stl, zinc plated, 4
Comml
-98 Lockwasher, pos. 3/8 Hi Collar Stl, zinc plated, 12
Comml
-99 Nut, jam hex 3/8 std Stl, zinc plated, Comml 4
-102 Stator Coil 54 51802 505A-121
-103 Terminal lug 6 51802 ESB-007-5
-104 Stator slot wedge Nomex; MIL-I-24204 54 Commercial
-105 Stator slot cell, Composite (DMD), MIL-I-22834 54 Commercial
-106 Middle slot stator filler Composite (DMD), MIL-I- 54 Commercial
22834
-107 Phase strip Composite (DMD), MIL-I-22834 36 Commercial
-108 Insulation 1 Commercial
-109 Winding thermistor PTC 3 14678 PCC #T8055
Table A-10. Motor Parts List-Mawdsley’s Limited

Part or
Figure and Identifying
Find No. Description Qty Material Spec. No. No.
A-5-1 Shaft, Inconel 625 1 ASTM B446 UNS 6625 240.3878
-2 Rotor Coreplate Thin, Elect. STL 978 ASTM A677 248.1304
-3 Rotor Coreplate Thick, Steel 2 ASTM A366 248.1305
-4 Core Key, Steel 3/4” x 1/2” x 14” 1 AISI 1035/G10350 318.267
-5 Shrink Ring, Steel 1 AISI 1035/G10350 307.484
-6 Rotor Bar, Copper 38 H.D.H.C 252.365
-7 Rotor Endring, Copper 2 C11000 250.1046
-8 External Fan, AL. Alloy 1 QQ-A-601F 244.1064
A-48
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Table A-10. Motor Parts List-Mawdsley’s Limited - Continued
Part or
-9 Key, Steel 1 AISI 1035/G10350 318.167
-10 Key, Steel 1/4 SQ x 5/8 2 AISI 1035/G10350 318.1878
-11 Slinger, Drive End 1 ASTM A36 150.357
-12 Key, Inconel 625 1 ASTM B466 UNS 6625 318.1961
-13 Stator Frame 1 MIL-C-24707/5 200.2868
-14 Stator Coreplate, Thin 800 ASTM A677 204.785
-15 Stator Coreplate, Thick 2 ASTM A366 204.786
-16 Grease Cup, Brass 1/8 NPT 2 Commercial 405.793
-17 Eyebolt, Steel 3/4 UNC 1 MIL-S-1222 M13747
-18 Bracket, D.E 1 MIL-C-24707/5 223.602
-19 Bearing Cap, D.E Outside 1 QQ-A-601F 225.2558
-20 Bearing Cap, D.E Inside 1 AISI 1035/G10350 225.2559
-21 Bracket, N.D.E 1 MIL-C-24707/5 222.1724
-22 Bearing Cap, NDE Outside, Al. Alloy 1 QQ-A-601F 225.2560
-23 Bearing Cap, NDE Inside Steel 1 AISI 1035/G10350 225.2561
-24 Waved Washer, SPR Steel 2 Commercial 320.683
-25 Plug 1/8 NPT, Steel 6 AISI 1035/G10350 227.66
-26 Bearing, Drive End MM311KA4045 1 MIL-B-17931E M13832
-27 Bearing, Non Drive End MM312KA4045 1 MIL-B-17931E M13799
-28 Locknut, Steel 1 FF-B-171 M12489
-29 Locknut, Steel 1 FF-B-171 M12488
-30 Lockwasher, Steel 1 FF-B-171 M12492
-31 Lockwasher, Steel 1 FF-B-171 M12491
-32 Cowl, Al Alloy 1 QQ-A-601F 226.554
-33 Terminal Box Cover 1 MIL-C-24707/5 402.179
-34 Gasket, Base 1 300.468
-35 Terminal Box 1 MIL-C-24707/5 401.234
-36 Gasket Cover, Rubber 1 Commercial 300.469
-37 Slinger, Non-Drive End 1 ASTM A36 150.358
-38 Cable clamp 1 305.521
-39 Cable socket, Copper 6 MIL-T-16366 H695.69
-40 Name-rating plate, Aluminium 1 A91050 316.921
-41 Rotation plate, Aluminium 1 A91050 316.51
-42 High reliability plate, Aluminium 1 A91050 316.978
-43 Sealed insuln sys. plate, Aluminium 1 A91050 316.977
-44 System Monitor Series 145 1 Commercial M15125
-45 Gasket, Rubber 1 300.517
-46 Thermistor, 135°C 5 Commercial M15126
-47 Connector, 3/8 Pipe, Steel/Brass 2 M12502
-48 Tubing 3/8 O/D, Nylon 2 M12501
-49 Screw 10-24 UNF x 5/8, Steel A/R FF-S-85 M12170
-50 Screw 1/4 UNC x 3/8, Steel 8 FF-S-85 H109.308
-51 Screw 1/4 UNC x 3/4, Steel 4 FF-S-85 M10298
-52 Screw 5/16 UNC x 1, Steel 4 FF-S-85 H110.304
-53 Screw 5/16 UNC x 1-1/4, Steel 2 FF-S-86 M11305
A-49
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Table A-10. Motor Parts List-Mawdsley’s Limited - Continued
Part or
-55 Screw 5/16 UNC x 3, Steel 4 FF-S-86 M11307
-56 Screw 1/2 UNC x 2, Steel 16 FF-S-85 M11303
-60 Drive Screw No. 2, Steel 1 H730.1
-61 Lockwasher 1/4, SPR Steel 20 AISI 1065 H576.4
-64 Lockwasher 2BA, SPR Steel A/R AISI 1065 H574.5
-65 Air Inlet Screen, Sheet Steel 1 ASTM A366 228.308
-66 Flatwasher 5/16, Steel 2 H610.1
-67 Flinger D.E, Steel 1 ASTM A36 150.301
-68 Flinger N.D.E, Steel 1 ASTM A36 150.302
-69 Lockwasher, Steel 1 FF-B-171 H1310.16
-70 Locknut, Steel 1 FF-B-171 H1311.18
-71 Screw 1/4 UNC x 1/2 8 FF-S-85 M11596
-72 Rotor Baffle 2 ASTM A366 244.1100
-73 Location Pin (GP2) 8 ASTM A36 M14478
-74 Screw 3/8 UNC x 1-1/2 4 FF-S-85 M10733
-75 Lockwasher 3/8 8 AISI 1065 H5813
-76 Screw 5/16 UNC x 1 8 FF-S-85 H110.304
-77 Lub. Pipe D.E. 2 ASTM A36 405.773
-78 Lub. Pipe N.D.E 2 ASTM A36 405.774
-79 Speed plug, Steel 1 ASTM A36 324.14
-80 Mesh screen, Steel 2 ASTM A366 124.3424
-81 Quiet Design Plate 1 Commercial 316.1012
-82 Rotor Assembly 1 Commercial 240.APZ
A-8. INSTALLATION
A-8.1 INTRODUCTION. This chapter provides installation drawings, reference data, input requirements, and
material required for installation and check out of the Hansome, General Electric, and Mawdsley’s Limited
motors. The procedures for pump installation are contained in chapter 8.
A-8.2 INSTALLATION DRAWINGS. Use foldout A-3 (Hansome), foldout A-4 (G.E.) and foldout A-5 and
foldout A-6 (Mawdsley’s Limited) for terminal connections and motor temperature monitor installations.
A-8.3 REFERENCE DATA. Applicable shipboard drawings shall be used as necessary to install the pumping
unit motor.
A-8.4 TOOLS AND MATERIAL REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION.
A-50
S6225-W6-MMA-010
1. Tools normally found for performing shipboard maintenance are sufficient for installing the motor and motor
temperature monitor.
2. Material required to install the motor temperature monitor is as follows:
(1) (1) - Relay, High Shock, size 0, 110 VAC, 60 Hz coil, 2 N.O., 2 N.C. contacts (Cutler-Hammer type N841,
Cat. #6957ED24-1C, or equal).
(2) (1) - Control transformer, 200 VA, 440/110 VAC, 60 Hz.
(3) (1) - Indicator light, 110 VAC, transformer type, panel mounted, red lens engraving: ″THMS. MOT. OFF″
(Cutler-Hammer Cat. #6981-ED166-A1, or equal).
(4) (1) - Indicator light, 110 VAC, transformer type, panel mounted, green lens engraving: ″THMS. MOT.
ON″ (Cutler-Hammer Cat.#6981-ED166-A2, or equal).
If items (a) through (d) cannot be mounted inside the controller, they shall be
mounted in a separate drip-prove enclosure (Cutler-Hammer type 6956, or
equal).
(5) As required - Low-Smoke FSGU-3 cable, MIL-C-24643/11, NSN 6145-01-202-3509.
A-8.5 INPUT REQUIREMENTS. The necessary input requirements are as follows:
Table A-11. Input Requirements

Motor Monitor
Volts 440 120
Phase 3 1
Cycles 60 60
Amb. Temp. 50°C
Humidity
Environment 0-100% R.H.
Normal room ventilation for motor cooling.
A-8.6 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES.
Summary.
a. Connect wiring to motor leads in conduit box.

b. Connect the motor temperature monitor as follows:
A-51
S6225-W6-MMA-010
(1) Install transformer, relay, and indicator lights in or adjacent to the Fire Pump motor controller as permit-
ted by ship’s arrangement. See figure A-2.
(2) Install low-smoke FSGU-3 cable from the relay and indicator light panel to the Fire Pump motor control-
ler and to the temperature monitor mounted on the new thermally protected motor.
(3) Connect 120VAC input to terminals 1 and 2. Route the wires through watertight conduits.
(4) The sensor leads as received, should be connected with one lead to the sensor common, terminal 6. Con-
nect the other leads from each sensor to the sensor input terminals, 7 through 12, one sensor input per
terminal.
(5) Connect a 150 ohm, 1/2 watt resistor from any unused sensor input terminal to terminal 6, sensor com-
mon. Three resistors are shipped with each controller.
(6) Power is never to be applied directly across the relay contacts. Power to the relay contacts must always
be in series with the load to limit current. Maximum allowable load: 7 amperes @120 VAC (resistive), 5
amperes @240 VAC (resistive).
There are two pieces to the Fire Pump EMI Fix Kit
a. Connect the three wire harness assembly.

The black wire labeled #1 connects to terminal #1 in the TPM.
The white wire labeled #2 connects to terminal #2 in the TPM.
The green wire labeled #6 connects to terminal #6 in the TPM.
b. Properly install the included replacement relay into the relay socket.
c. Connect the Fix Kit cover that houses the RF sensing DC circuit to the new relay assembly and the three wire
harness assembly with the attached plugs.
d. After carefully tucking in the wiring harness to prevent damage, place the Fix Kit cover on the TPM and
tighten securely.
e. Reinstall the original cover on top of the Fix Kit cover, using the Fix Kit’s flanges.
A-8.7 INSTALLATION CHECKOUT. Before starting the motor for the first time, make the following checks:
a. Check the nameplate of the controller to ensure compatibility with 440 VAC power supply and motor rating.
Controller enclosure should be mounted rigidly to a firm foundation or mounting support, and should be
grounded to ship’s hull.
b. All terminals and controller components should be clean and tight.
c. Examine the unit externally to make certain that no parts have been damaged during installation.
d. The pumping unit should be able to be turned by hand.
A-8.8 ADJUSTMENT AND TESTS. Only after satisfactory completion of the various checks, should any
attempt be made to operate the equipment.
A-52
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Before proceeding, make certain that the equipment is disconnected from the 440
VAC power source, and the 440 VAC power source is tagged out.
a. Test the insulation resistance to ground with an approved megger. If the cold insulation resistance, corrected
to 25°C, is less than 2 megohms, the unit should be baked with drying lamps. After drying, recheck the resis-
tance. Keep rebaking and rechecking the insulation as long as resistance is low. Do not operate the motor if
the resistance is less than 2 megohm.
b. To check the motor temperature operation, with the unit connected as shown in figure A-2, and 120 VAC
applied to controller input terminals 1 and 2, open and short each of the sensors, in turn. In each instance, the
lamp connected to terminal 5 will go ″off″ and the lamp connected to terminal 3 will go ″on″.
c. To independently check the motor temperature monitor system, disconnect all wiring except to lights. Connect
the sensor terminals 7 through 12 to terminal 6 using 150 ohm, 1/2 watt resistors in series as shown in figure
A-1.
d. Apply one line of 120 VAC excitation voltage to load circuit terminal 4. Connect other line of 120 VAC exci-
tation voltage to lamps. The lamp connected to terminal 3 (THMS MOT OFF) should light and the lamp con-
nected to terminal 5 (THMS MOT ON) should remain off. Open circuit and short circuit each resistor, in turn.
Terminal 5 lamp should light at each open and short circuit of each resistor. If lamps do not function as indi-
cated above, the monitor circuit or relay is defective and should be replaced. To replace the relay, remove 120
VAC power and simply pull defective relay out of its socket. Install a new relay by seating it firmly in the
socket and retest the unit.
Lamps must be in series with the load.
e. In normal service operation, the output relay is energized and with all sensors in their normal temperature
mode, the lamp connected to terminal 5 will be ″on″ and the lamp connected to terminal 3 will be ″off″. Any
short or open in sensor resistors will cause a reversal of lamp condition from above i.e. lamp on terminal 5
will be ″off″ and lamp on terminal 3 will be ″on″.
A-53
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Figure A-1. Temperature Monitor System Test Set-up
A-54
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Figure A-2. Elementary Diagram for Pumping Unit Motor Controller with Thermal Protection System
A-55 / (A-56 Blank)

A-56
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Figure A-3. Hansome Motor (Sheet 1 of 3)
A-57 / (A-58 Blank)

A-58
S6225-W6-MMA-010
A-59 / (A-60 Blank)

A-60
S6225-W6-MMA-010
A-61 / (A-62 Blank)

A-62
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Figure A-4. General Electric Motor (Sheet 1 of 6)
A-63 / (A-64 Blank)

A-64
S6225-W6-MMA-010
A-65 / (A-66 Blank)

A-66
S6225-W6-MMA-010
A-67 / (A-68 Blank)

A-68
S6225-W6-MMA-010
A-69 / (A-70 Blank)

A-70
S6225-W6-MMA-010
A-71 / (A-72 Blank)

A-72
S6225-W6-MMA-010
A-73 / (A-74 Blank)

A-74
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Figure A-5. Mawdsley’s Limited Electric Motor A/505DZ/7 (Sheet 1 of 2)
A-75 / (A-76 Blank)

A-76
S6225-W6-MMA-010
A-77 / (A-78 Blank)

A-78
S6225-W6-MMA-010
A-79 / (A-80 Blank)

A-80
S6225-W6-MMA-010
A-81 / (A-82 Blank)

A-82
S6225-W6-MMA-010
A-9. CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE (MAWDSLEY’S LIMITED MOTOR)
unscheduled basis to correct malfunctions in the Mawdsley’s Limited motor unit. Included in this chapter are
procedures for bearings removal and replacement and reconditioning the insulation. These are conditions most
likely to be encountered with the electric motor. If more extensive motor rework is required, it shall be done in
accordance with NAVSEA S6260-BJ-GTP-010,Volume 1, Electric Motor Repair. Chapter 6 provides corrective
maintenance instructions for the pump.

A-9.2 BEARINGS REPLACEMENT. The procedures for removing and replacing the Non-drive-end (NDE)
bearing only are given in paragraph A-9.3. The procedures for removing and replacing both the drive end (DE)
and (NDE) bearings are given in paragraph A-9.4. If the motor has been disassembled, the bearings should be
replaced.
A-9.3 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF THE OPPOSITE DRIVE END BEARING. For removal and
replacement of NDE bearing without removing motor from ship’s foundation, the following procedures should
be followed (see figures A-5 and A-6).
Summary.
A-83
S6225-W6-MMA-010


a. Remove top pipe plug (25) and unscrew bottom pipe plug (25) from outside bearing cap (22).
b. Remove screws (74) and lockwashers (75) from bracket (21) and remove cowl (32).
c. Loosen the three socket head screws on the hub of the fan (8). Do not remove the three socket head screws
completely; they must be in the same screw holes for correct fan balance. Pull fan (8) off the motor shaft and
remove fan key (9). Tighten cap screws to ensure that they will not come free off the fan hub.
d. Loosen bearing thermistor (46) from outside bearing cap (22).
e. Remove screws (53) and lockwashers (62) from outside bearing cap (22). Remove outside bearing cap (22).
f. Remove screws (54) and lockwashers (62) securing inside bearing cap (23). The inside cap will then be loose
on the shaft shoulder behind the bearing.
g. Loosen and remove screws (56) with lockwashers (63) on bracket (21). Use an 11/16-inch wrench to loosen
jam nuts on jack screws. Use a 9/16-inch wrench to tighten jack screws alternately to separate end bracket
(21) from rabbet fit in the stator frame (13).
h. Measure and make two boards with ″V″ notches to support rotor shaft when bracket (21) is removed. Place
one notched board on the outer end of rotor shaft. Remove bracket (21) over outer race of the ball bearing.
Ensure bracket is straight so that outer race of bearing will not jam in bracket bearing bore. Place second
notched board between inside bearing cap (23) and rotor shaft shoulder. Remove first notched board and
bracket (21).
i. Loosen and remove bearing locknut (28).
j. Using Government Standard Bearing Puller per Government Specification GGG-P-781, Type 1, Class 1,
Style A, Size 4, remove bearing from shaft by pulling on bearing inner race.
k. Remove grease slinger (68) and inside bearing cap (23).
l. Remove old grease from inside bearing cap (23) and outside bearing cap (22) and repack with new grease
per DOD-G-24508 until 1/3 full.
m. Place inside bearing cap (23) on shaft shoulder behind ball bearing shaft seat. Assemble grease slinger (68)
on shaft.
A-84
S6225-W6-MMA-010

n. Place new NDE bearing (27), in an oven and heat to a temperature range of 203°F ± 10°F (95°C ± 5°C).
Leave the bearing in the oven for 30 minutes to one hour.
ing.
motor shaft squarely against shoulder. Install bearing locknut (28) and tighten locknut to 81-108 ft-lbs using
locknut spanner wrench.
q. When the bearing has cooled to room temperature, loosen bearing locknut (28) and retighten locknut to same
torque value as above (step A-9.3.p). This procedure will ensure that the bearing is against the shaft shoul-
der. Pack bearing with grease, per DOD-G-24508, 1/3 to 1/2 full.
r. Before assembling bracket frame (21), a special rod should be fabricated. Use a 3/8-inch diameter, 10-inch
long rod and thread one end 1/2 inch in length with 3/8-16 threads. Screw the special rod into inside bear-
ing cap. Mount bracket (21) on the rotor shaft and position it so that the special rod is protruding through
one of the unthreaded hole on bracket (21). Support the outer end of the rotor shaft with the notched board
and remove the inner notched board located between the shaft shoulder and inside bearing cap (23). Care-
fully, assemble bracket to motor frame. Ensure that the bracket is kept straight so the bearing outer race will
not jam in bracket. Take care in engagement of pilot fit in frame recess to prevent misalignment.
s. Install cap screws (56) and lockwashers (63). Torque to value specified in table A-12.
Table A-12. Mawdsley’s Limited Motor Torque Values.

Figure and
A-5-28 N.D.E. Locknut 42
-29 D.E. Locknut 45
-32 Fan Cover to Frame 35
-53 Bearing Outside Cap (NDE) to Inside Cap 20
-54 Bearing Outside Cap (DE) to Inside Cap 20
-55 Inside Caps to Bearing Brackets 20
-56 Bearing Brackets to Frame 56
t. Pull and hold rod toward bracket so that the inside bearing cap is against the bracket (21). Screw three cap
screws with lockwashers into inside bearing cap. Unscrew rod and screw the last cap screw with lockwasher.
Use 3/8-inch Allen wrench and tighten all screws to value specified in table A-12.
A-85
S6225-W6-MMA-010
u. Remove the last notched board. Assemble outside cap (22) to bracket (21) with screws (53), lockwashers (62)
and tighten to torque specified in table A-12.
v. Connect bearing thermistor (46) connector to outside cap (22) connector.
w. Assemble fan (8) to the shaft assembly (1) with key (9) and tighten screws.
x. Position cowl (32) and tighten with screws (74) and lockwashers (75) to torque specified in table A-12.
y. Assemble top grease cups (16) and top and bottom pipe caps (25) to outside bearing cap (22).
z. Before connecting the motor to its power supply, inspect the unit thoroughly. Make certain there is no for-
aa. Reconnect the electric wiring to the pump motor.
ab. Remove the tags and restore power to the unit in accordance with established ship’s procedures.
ac. The pump is now ready for installation checkout in accordance with paragraph 2-4.
A-9.4 MOTOR DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY. The procedures to disassemble and reassemble the
motor for replacement of bearings are as follows (see figures 6-3, 6-4, 6-5, 6-6, 7-1, 7-2, A-5, and A-6):
Summary.
A-86
S6225-W6-MMA-010


or vent plug (1.9).
b. Disconnect mechanical seal separator tubing (figure 6-7, 12.6.1, 12.6.2, 12.6.3) from casing connection by
unscrewing the connector nuts (figure 6-7, 12.6.2).
tion.
d. Use a 1 11/16-inch wrench to remove the fasteners securing the motor to the motor foundation.
head (3.1).
The pumping unit weighs 2530 pounds. Failure to use appropriate rigging and
hoisting procedures may result in injury to or death of personnel.

whole if possible.
g. Use the motor eye bolt provided to lift the pumping unit from its foundation. Take a strain on the chain fall
and ensure that the casing (1.1) to seal head (3.1) rabbet fit is not binding at any point. Pull motor back
slowly (approx. 6 inches) until impeller clears the casing. When pump impeller is clear of pump casing, raise
the unit and transfer it to the repair facility via the selected shipboard route.
A-87
S6225-W6-MMA-010

flange.
j. Refer to figure 6-4 and figure 6-7. Use a two inch pin spanner wrench per GGG-W-665B, Amendment 1,
Type II, Grade A and insert the spanner wrench pin into the pin hole on the motor shaft, located between
the pump casing (1.1) and the seal head (3.1), adjacent to flinger (7). Position the spanner wrench with a
pipe extension piece as shown to loosen the left impeller nut (6). The turning of impeller nut (6) will
uncrimp lock washer (5).
n. Using jacking screws (3.5), separate seal head (3.1) from motor. Using hoist or two people, remove seal
head.
0.125 inch.
sleeve (4).
q. Remove gland plate (10.10), O-ring (4.1) and flinger (7).
A-88
S6225-W6-MMA-010

r. Remove top and bottom pipe caps (25) with attached lubricating pipes (77 and 78) from the fan cover
assembly (32). Remove top and bottom pipe caps (25) and lubricating pipe (77) from the DE bracket assem-
bly (18). The motor will have to be raised approximately 12 inches above its support platform to remove the
two bottom pipe caps (25).
s. Use a 9/16-inch wrench to disconnect the two ball bearing thermistor PTC (46) connectors located outside
and at the bottom of the fan cover assembly (32) and at the DE bracket assembly (18).
t. Use a 9/16-inch wrench to remove cap screws (74) and lock washers (75) from fan cover assembly (32).
Remove fan cover (32) from NDE bracket assembly (21).
u. Loosen the three socket head screws on the hub of the fan (8). Do not remove the three socket head screws
completely, they must be in the same screw holes for correct fan balance. Pull fan (8) off the motor shaft
and remove fan key (9). Tighten caps screws to ensure that they will not come free of the fan hub.
v. Remove socket head screws from balancing disk on DE of motor rotor shaft. Pull balancing disk off of the
shaft and remove balance disk key from the rotor shaft. Screw socket head screws into balance disk and
place in plastic bag with key.
w. Use a 3/8-inch Allen wrench to remove cap screws (54), lockwashers (62) and remove DE outside and inside
bearing caps (19, 20).
x. Before removing NDE bracket (21) and DE bracket (18), make two ″V″ notched supports, one at each end
of the motor rotor shaft to prevent rotor assembly from resting on stator windings.
y. Use a 15/16-inch wrench to remove cap screws (56), lockwashers (63) from DE bracket (18). Use an 11/16-
inch wrench to loosen jam nuts on jack screws. Use a 9/16-inch wrench to tighten jack screws alternately
to separate end bracket (18) from rabbet fit in the stator frame (13).
z. Pull back end bracket (18) straight over outer race of ball bearing (26), to ensure outer race will not jam in
the bracket bore. Support DE rotor shaft with temporary shaft support.
aa. Use a 3/8-inch Allen wrench to remove cap screws (55) and lockwashers (62) and remove NDE outside
bearing cap (22) and the NDE inside bearing cap (23). Use a 15/16-inch wrench to remove cap screws (56)
and lockwashers (63) from NDE bracket (21). Use an 11/16-inch wrench to loosen jam nuts on jacking
screws. Use a 9/16-inch wrench to tighten the jacking screws
ab. Pull NDE bracket (21) straight over outer race of ball bearing (27), to ensure outer race will not jam in
bracket bore (21). Place temporary rotor shaft support in position before completely removing bracket (21).
ac. The maintenance activity should have a rotor lift device to remove rotor assembly from motor frame (13).
Position lift device over motor frame (13), place nylon sling around DE of motor shaft, remove temporary
shaft support and support DE of shaft with a sling. Hand hold NDE rotor shaft and push rotor shaft toward
A-89
S6225-W6-MMA-010
DE of motor frame (13) until it is free and clear off stator windings. When rotor assembly extends out
enough from motor frame, place the sling around rotor core and slowly move rotor shaft from motor frame.
Rebalance rotor shaft by removing and placing rotor in a cradle for removal of the motor bearings. Slowly
lower the rotor assembly on the ″V″ notched supports.
ad. Use a size 12 locknut spanner wrench to remove NDE bearing locknut (70). To remove NDE bearing (27)
use a standard bearing puller, specification GGG-P-781, Type 1, Class I, Style A, Size 4 and pull the inner
race. With the bearing removed, the inside bearing cap (23) and grease slinger (68) can now be removed
from shaft (1).
ae. Use a size 12 locknut spanner wrench to remove DE locknut (29). To remove DE bearing (26) use step
A-5.4.ad above. With the bearing removed, inside bearing cap (20) and grease slinger (67) can now be
removed from shaft (1).
af. Prior to installing new bearings (26) and (27), the motor rotor and stator insulation resistance values should
be taken in accordance with paragraph A-9.5.
ag. Remove old grease from NDE inside bearing cap (23) and DE inside bearing cap (20). Pack NDE inside
bearing cap (23) and DE inside bearing cap (20) and chambers 1/3 full with clean grease per DOD-G-24508
and reinstall on shaft. Clean and inspect grease slingers (67) and (68). Install slinger (68) on NDE of shaft
and (67) on DE of shaft.
Grease slingers must be mounted on shaft before mounting bearings. If damaged,

they should be replaced.
ah. Place new bearings (26 and 27) in an oven and heat to a temperature of 203°F ± 10°F or (95°C ± 5°C).
Leave the bearings in the oven for 30 minutes to one hour.
ai. Reinspect all parts to ensure that they are free of dirt and burrs. The shaft must be free of all scratches or
sharp edges that might interfere with proper bearing installation.
aj. Wear clean insulated gloves to remove the bearings from the oven. Press bearing (26) on DE of shaft and
(27) on NDE of shaft squarely against shoulders.
ak. Secure each bearing to shaft with bearing locknuts (28 and 29), insuring that locknuts are square against
bearing inner race. While the bearings are still warm, torque NDE locknut (28) to 81-108 ft-lbs and DE
locknut (29) to 97-130 ft-lbs.
al. When bearings have cooled to room temperature, loosen bearing locknuts (28 and 29) and then retighten to
torque values as above (step A-5.4.ak).
am. Pack bearings 1/3 to 1/2 full with clean grease per DOD-G-24508.
an. Ensure the two ″V″ notched rotor supports are available for repositioning rotor in the stator frame.
ao. The shaft and rotor weigh 495 lbs. Lift the rotor shaft from the ″V″ notched supports and place in the rotor
lift nylon sling. Position rotor shaft for correct sling balance and move rotor lift device to stator frame (13).
At NDE of stator frame push rotor shaft free and clear of stator windings toward the DE of the stator frame
ap. Screw a special rod (use a 3/8-inch diameter, 10-inch long, and thread one end 1/2 inch in length with 3/8-16
threads) into NDE inside bearing cap (23). Place NDE bracket (21) over rotor shaft and push toward inside
A-90
S6225-W6-MMA-010
bearing cap so that the special rod is protruding through one of the unthreaded hole. Place a ″V″ notched
support close to the end of the stator frame and remove the nylon sling.
aq. Align NDE bracket (21) matchmark with stator frame matchmark and push in evenly so that bearing outer
race will not jam in bracket bore. Ensure bracket (21) rabbet fit to stator frame (13) is evenly aligned around
its circumference. Use a 15/16-inch wrench to tighten cap screws (56) with lockwashers (63) to the torque
ar. Pull and hold rod so that inside bearing cap is against the bracket. Screw three cap screws with lockwashers
into inside bearing cap. Unscrew rod and screw the last cap screw with lockwasher. Use 3/8-inch Allen
wrench and tighten all screws to value specified in table A-12.
as. Remove old grease from outside bearing caps (19) and (22). Pack bearing caps (19) and (22) chambers 1/3
full with clean grease per DOD-G-24508. Install NDE outside bearing cap (22). Install cap screws with
lockwashers and use a 1/2-inch Allen wrench to tighten to the torque specified in table A-12.
at. Place a rotor ″V″ notched support close to the DE of the stator frame and remove the nylon sling. Use the
same special rod as above and screw into inside bearing cap. Place DE bracket (18) over rotor shaft and
push toward inside bearing cap so that the special rod is protruding through one of the unthreaded hole.
au. Align bracket (18) matchmark with stator frame matchmark and push in evenly so that bearing outer race
will not jam in bracket bore. Ensure bracket (18) rabbet fit to stator frame (13) is evenly aligned around its
circumference. Use a 15/16-inch wrench to tighten cap screws (56) with lockwashers (63) to the torque
av. Pull and hold rod so that inside bearing cap is against the bracket. Screw three cap screws with lockwashers
into inside bearing cap. Unscrew rod and screw the last cap screw with lockwasher. Use 3/8-inch Allen
wrench and tighten all screws to value specified in table A-12.
aw. Position the repacked outside bearing cap (19) with the matchmarks on DE bracket frame (18). Use a 3/8-
inch Allen wrench and tighten cap screws (54) with lockwashers (62) to the torque specified in table A-12.
ax. Install the DE balancing disk key and position balancing disk on key. Tighten the set screws. Ensure bal-
ancing screws are tight.
ay. Use a 9/16-inch wrench to connect the two bearing temperature thermistor (46) connectors located outside
and at the bottom of the NDE and DE motor brackets.
az. Install the fan key (9) in the NDE shaft keyway. Position fan (8) on key (9) with fan hub end position first
on key (9). Tighten the three set screws on the hub of fan (8).
ba. Turn the rotor shaft by hand to ensure that the alignment is correct. Shaft should turn freely and silently.
DE bracket (18). Use spanner pin wrench per figure 6-4 to hold rotor shaft while installing impeller nut (6).
Position lockwasher (5) on impeller key (8), torque left handed impeller nut (6) to the value specified in
table 6-2. Crimp lockwasher (5) on one impeller nut (6) flat.
bd. Position fan cover (32) with matchmark on NDE bracket assembly (21). Screw in bolts (74) with lockwash-
ers (75) and torque to the value specified in table A-12.
be. Lift the motor 12 inches above the support platform. Install the grease fittings (25). Lower the motor down
on the support platform.
A-91
S6225-W6-MMA-010
bf. Use a spanner pin wrench and a pipe extension piece per figure 6-4 to hold rotor shaft to loosen impeller
in marked pump box.
bg. Slide rotor endring (7) on the rotor bar (6) and install lockwasher (64) and screw (49). Install new O-ring
(4.1), properly lubricated, in the motor shaft groove.
bh. Slide auxiliary gland (10.12) and gland plate (10.10) with new O-ring (10.11) evenly inserted in its O-ring
bi. With a lifting device or two persons, lift seal head (3.1) and fit to motor DE bracket (18). Use a 1 1/8-inch
wrench for nuts (3.8) and bolts (3.6) to secure seal head (3.1) to motor DE bracket (18). Install bolt (3.7)
with lockwasher (12.1) between separator bracket (12) and motor DE bracket (18). Torque nuts (3.8) to
value specified in table 6-2. Use torquing sequence shown in figure 6-5.
bj. Use a standard 1/2-inch Allen socket wrench to secure gland plate (10.10) with cap screws (9) to seal head
bk. Position auxiliary gland (10.12) and loosely secure to gland plate (10.10) with cap screws (10.13). Insert
motor shaft (1).
bl. Push the new rotating mechanical seal retainer (10.5) on shaft sleeve (4) so that the back inside internal
chamber of retainer (10.5) is flush with large end of shaft sleeve (4). Turn retainer (10.5) so that the two
bm. Align impeller (2) keyway with shaft key (8) and push toward retainer (10.5). Ensure that impeller drive
distance from rotor shaft shoulder as recorded in step A-5.4.p. This distance must be accomplished to ensure
drive pins (2.1) are engaged in retainer (10.5) drive slots and large end of shaft sleeve (4) is flush against
the shaft shoulder.
A-92
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Caution - precedes
bn. Place impeller lockwasher (5) on rotor shaft and align the dovetail so that it engages in impeller key (8).
Install left hand threaded impeller nut (6) on shaft. Use a two inch pin spanner wrench per GGG-W-665B,
bo. Check the runout of the impeller wearing surface which mates with the casing wearing ring (known as
bp. In case of excessive impeller runout, verify the following areas:
0.002 inch T.I.R.
bq. Use a 3/16-inch Allen wrench and tighten cap screws (10.13) to secure the auxiliary gland (10.12).
br. With the motor eye bolt as the appropriate lifting point, transfer the assembled pumping unit to the ship
using the preplanned route determined in step A-5.4.f. Ensure marked pump box with remaining parts are
bs. Lower motor and seal head on motor foundation. Use a 1 13/16-inch wrench and tighten the four motor fas-
bt. Verify that the O-ring (1.6) seating area on the casing (1.1) and seal head (3.1) mating surface are clean and
bu. Lubricate new O-ring (1.6) with SA 20 oil and install in pump casing (1.1) O-ring groove. Position seal head
A-93
S6225-W6-MMA-010
bv. Position separator (11) into separator bracket (12) with bracket and separator mounting holes in alignment.
bw. Turn pump shaft by hand to ensure that it rotates freely.
bx. Ensure the Thermistor Monitor System circuit is correctly connected to the pump motor controller circuit.
If this thermistor system cannot be connected to the motor controller circuit, report this deficiency immedi-
by. Reconnect the electric wiring to the pump motor.
bz. Remove the tags and restore power to the unit in accordance with established ship’s procedures.
ca. The pump is now ready for installation checkout in accordance with paragraph 2-4.
A-9.5 CORRECTING THE INSULATION RESISTANCE. Measurement of drive motor insulation resistance
Summary.

A-94
S6225-W6-MMA-010
c. Test the insulation resistance to ground with an approved megger. If after electrically isolating the machine
per NSTM S9086-KC-STM-000/CH-300, the cold insulation resistance, corrected to 25°C is less than 2
megohms, the unit should be cleaned and dried per NSTM S9086-KC-STM-000/CH-300 (disassemble in
accordance with steps A-9.4.r through A-9.4.ac). The resistance must be at least 2 megohms, minimum
acceptable value for operation, before the motor can be reassembled.
d. After cleaning and drying, recheck the insulation resistance. The resistance should now read 25 megohms,
corrected to 25°C. The drying procedures should be repeated at most 2 times.
e. With the insulation resistance corrected, the motor can be reassembled (reference steps A-9.4.ag through
A-9.4.be). With the motor reassembled, the pump end can be assembled to the motor (reference steps A-9.4.bf
through A-9.4.bz.
f. If after cleaning and drying, the insulation resistance still remains less than 2 megohms, it is recommended
that the winding be reconditioned.
g. The pump end components will have to be disassembled from the motor (reference steps A-9.4.a through
A-9.4.q). Then the motor will have to be disassembled (reference steps A-9.4.r through A-9.4.ac). When dis-
assembling the motor, it will not be necessary to remove the bearings from the shaft; however, they should be
covered and protected from the elements while the motor is being repaired. With the motor disassembled,
recondition the insulation per NSTM S9086-KC-STM-000/CH-300 or follow procedures below.
h. The stator parts should be wiped down with clean rags; with cheesecloth being preferred for the windings. A
material that might deposit lint should never be used.
ing insulating varnish.
i. Clean the windings with an approved solvent (refer to NSTM S9086-KC-STM-000/CH-300), then coat the
windings and adjacent parts with a high grade, air drying varnish.
Do not depend on the insulation varnish alone to increase the insulation resis-
tance. Clean the stator parts and repair any defects first, then apply the varnish.
j. For drying windings, lamps or heating unit can be used. These should be distributed so that the temperature
of all parts will be uniform.
k. Test insulation resistance. Do not continue drying after insulation resistance readings become constant. The
reading should now read 500 megohms. If insulation resistance is still low (i.e. less than 2 megohms), there
is a defect. Ship the motor to an approved shop for repair.
l. With the insulation resistance corrected, the motor can be reassembled (reference steps A-9.4.ag through
A-9.4.be). Then with the motor reassembled, the pump end can be assembled to the motor (reference steps
A-9.4.bf through A-9.4.ca).
A-95 / (A-96 Blank)

A-96
S6225-W6-MMA-010
APPENDIX B
TECH SYSTEMS MOTOR DATA FOR LSD 41 CLASS (CV)
B-1
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Figure B-1. Certification Data, AC Motor 505TNDZ
B-2
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Figure B-2. AC Motor, Dwg. No. 225B7022 (Sheet 1 of 6)
B-3 / (B-4 Blank)

B-4
S6225-W6-MMA-010
B-5 / (B-6 Blank)

B-6
S6225-W6-MMA-010
B-7 / (B-8 Blank)

B-8
S6225-W6-MMA-010
B-9 / (B-10 Blank)

B-10
S6225-W6-MMA-010
B-11 / (B-12 Blank)

B-12
S6225-W6-MMA-010
B-13 / (B-14 Blank)

B-14
S6225-W6-MMA-010
APPENDIX C
RELIANCE ELECTRIC MOTOR
C-1. RELIANCE ELECTRIC MOTOR GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
C-1.1 INTRODUCTION. The information contained in this part of the manual applies to the Reliance Electric
motor used to drive the horizontal pumping unit.
C-1.2 GENERAL DATA. The horizontal pumping unit motor manufactured by Reliance Electric mounts
directly to the pump (see table C-1 for characteristics and table C-2 for performance data).
C-1.3 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. Prior to operating this motor, read the general safety notices and general
precautions in the Safety Summary, which are to be observed at all times.
Table C-1. Motor Characteristics

Manufacturers name Reliance Electric
Motor frame size 505TNPZ
Horsepower 150 nominal/170 maximum
Speed (Syn) 3600 RPM
Speed (F.L.) 3580
Phase/Hz/Volts 3/60/440
Speed Classification Constant
Duty Continuous
Ambient Temperature 50°C
Insulation Class B Sealed
Navy Service Class A
Enclosure TEFC
Winding AC Squirrel Cage
Mounting Horizontal, close coupled
Full load current - nominal 172 amps
Full load current - maximum 200 amps
Locked rotor current 1311 amps
Locked rotor torque 70% of full load torque
Pull up torque 70% of full load torque
Breakdown torque 200% of full load torque
Type of bearings Ball - quiet
Balance Super precision
Table C-2. Performance at Rated Voltage and Frequency

Desired Actual Load
Load (%) Amps KW RPM Eff. (%) PF (%) Torque Ft-lbs
4/4 100.4 172 115.8 3582 .970 88.4 221
3/4 75.1 133 86.8 3586 .969 85.5 165
2/4 50.1 95.2 58.2 3591 .963 80.3 110
0 0 44.9 1.7 3600 0 8.6 0
C-1
S6225-W6-MMA-010
C-2. RELIANCE ELECTRIC MOTOR FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
C-2.1 INTRODUCTION. This chapter gives a functional description of the Reliance Electric electrical motor.
C-2.2 DESCRIPTION. The principal features of the motor are illustrated in figure C-1. The motor consists
basically of a shaft, supported by bearings, enclosed in an electrical field.
C-2.2.1 Rotating Element. The shaft is made of accurately machined Inconel 625 alloy and is supported by two
ball bearings. The bearings used in this motor are grease-lubricated, super-precision, single-row ball bearings. The
super precision refers to the extra low tolerance on the bearing dimensions. Both bearings are in accordance with
MIL-B-17931, Type 111, Class 1 and the size is indicated on motor parts list table C-7. The fits for these bear-
ings have been specifically chosen as part of the features necessary for providing the low noise required in this
motor. Therefore, when either bearing is removed from the shaft for any reason, it is to be discarded and replaced
with a new bearing. These bearings are held in nodular iron brackets. The brackets are bolted to the frame form-
ing the external enclosure.
Figure C-1. Major Motor Components.

C-2.2.2 Rotor. The motor shaft supports one part of the electrical circuit, the rotor. It is made of numerous
electrical sheet-steel laminations held to the shaft by an interference fit, and secured by a key. The rotor wind-
ings consist of rotor bars running lengthwise along the rotor and located near the outer periphery. The bars are
connected by external end rings, one on each end of the rotor.
C-2.2.3 Stationary Element. The stationary element is the stator. The stator core is composed of electrical
sheet-steel laminations, keyed to the frame. The stator windings are placed in insulated slots around the inner
periphery of the stator core.
C-2.2.4 Sealed Insulation. To provide high reliability, this motor is provided with a sealed insulation system,
meeting the Class B requirement of MIL-M-17060E. The stator slots are 100% epoxy insulated; the rotor is
epoxy spray-coated.
C-2.2.5 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION. When the start button on the motor controller is pressed, the line
contactor connects the AC motor directly to the line. The voltage impressed on the stator winding produces a
rotating magnetomotive force (MMF) which, by transformer action, is transformed across the air gap and induces
C-2
S6225-W6-MMA-010
voltage. This induced voltage produces currents that circulate through the squirrel cage winding. The interaction
of the current in the rotor and the rotating field of the stator causes the shaft to turn.
The available three phase, 60 Hz, electrical power is brought into the motor via cables through the conduit
box. The produced mechanical work, as torque, is transmitted to the pump impeller by the motor shaft. This
motor is rated at 150 nominal/170 maximum horsepower.
C-2.3 QUIET OPERATION. This motor is a special quiet design in accordance with MIL-STD-748. The spe-
cial features that make this a quiet operating motor are:
a. Specially selected low-noise bearings.

b. Low flux densities in the iron.
c. Specially selected stator iron
d. Line boring of the stator housings.
e. Large air gap.
f. Super-precision balancing.
C-2.4 TEMPERATURE MONITORING. The Reliance motor has a high-temperature monitoring system that
automatically shuts down the motor instantly if an overtemperature condition occurs. Also termed the power con-
troller, the monitoring system consists of five thermistor sensors, a thermistor controller, and a power relay.
The power relay and the thermistor controller are in the power control box which mounts adjacent to the
motor terminal box. Source power for the power control box is 120 volt, 60 Hertz. The power controller is
manufactured by Power Products Inc., Mt. Vernon, NY.
An overtemperature condition is detected using thermistor sensors which sharply increase their resistance
when the switching temperature is reached. Sensing the voltage drop, the thermistor controller de-energizes the
relay in the power control box, shutting down the motor.
Five thermistors are used - three (one for each phase) are imbedded in the stator windings and one each in
contact with the front and back end ball bearings. The three winding thermistors have switch temperatures of
130°C and are manufactured by Power Control Corp., Pittsburgh, PA. The two bearing thermistors mount in wells
in the front and back end brackets, contacting the outer race of the bearing. Switch temperatures are 105°C. These
thermistors are manufactured by Power Products, Inc. of Mount Vernon, NY.
C-2.4.1 Controller Output. The controller output uses a relay which is operated by the controller logic circuitry.
The relay provides a ″form C″ normally open, normally closed contact arrangement. When a thermistor switches
(goes overtemperature), resistance increases sharply, causing the power controller relay to de-energize.
C-2.4.2 Fail Safe. The controller de-energizes the power relay for any of the following conditions:
a. Shorted Thermistor.
b. Loss of control power.
c. Open thermistor or lead break.
C-3
S6225-W6-MMA-010
The controller is designed to operate with six PTC thermistors connected to the sensor input terminals. As
only five are used, a 150 ohm, 1/2 watt resistor is installed between terminals 6 and 7 to return the unused sen-
sor input to common.
The thermal monitoring system safeguards against motor overload caused by:
a. Single phasing.
b. Frequently repeated overloads.
c. Voltage unbalance.
d. Plugged or reversing duty.
e. Too frequent starting.
f. Locked rotor or bearing seizure.
g. Ventilation failures.
h. Abnormally high ambient temperatures.
C-3. SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
C-3.1 INTRODUCTION. The purpose of scheduled maintenance is to ensure continuous optimum performance
of the pumping unit motor. The scope of maintenance is to carry out periodic checks to discover problems before
they become serious and to prolong the life of the equipment. A maintenance schedule is provided to allow man-
agers to plan their workload in advance so that maintenance can be accomplished on a routine basis.
PMS documentation takes precedence. Such conflicts should be reported imme-
diately on the user comment sheet in accordance with the maintenance proce-
dures of this manual.
Table C-3. Planned Maintenance Schedule (Motor)

Comment Status Frequency Maintenance Action Reference Paragraph
Motor in Service Daily General cleanliness C-3.2
Daily General operation C-3.3
Quarterly Insulation resistance readings C-3.4
Semi-annually Bearing lubrication C-3.5
C-3.2 GENERAL CLEANLINESS. Motor cleanliness is a fundamental principle in good preventive mainte-
nance. Do not allow dirt, dust, moisture, oil, or other substances to accumulate on the motor. Be particularly
careful to keep all air ducts clean. In addition to wiping, there are acceptable methods of cleaning the motor such
as:
C-4
S6225-W6-MMA-010
a. Use of compressed air

b. Use of suction
c. Use of approved solvent
Wiping is effective in removing loose dust or foreign particles located in accessible parts of the motor only.
The surfaces should be wiped with a clean dry rag that will not deposit lint. Cheesecloth is recommended for this
purpose. Place used solvent wiping cloths in a container with a tight fitting cover. These rags should be aired out
only at topside locations. These motors have stainless steel T-drains (10, figure C-2) at each end to prevent con-
densate build up. Check that the holes in the T-drains are open so that draining can occur.
The specific procedures to be used in cleaning an electric motor are covered in

the Planned Maintenance System (PMS).
C-3.3 GENERAL OPERATION. During operation, any significant vibration, noise, or temperature change
could indicate a developing problem, leading to a mechanical or electrical failure. Operation should not be con-
tinued until the problem is determined and corrected. Refer to paragraph C-4.
The motor, if idle, should be started weekly, and the operational unit placed in the standby mode. If an idle
unit cannot be operated, rotate the shaft by hand several turns to insure proper lubrication of the bearings to pre-
vent the shaft from binding.
C-3.4 MEASUREMENT OF INSULATION RESISTANCE. Measurement of drive motor insulation resistance

Summary.
C-5
S6225-W6-MMA-010

c. Test megger by connecting both leads to ground.
d. With one megger lead grounded, connect other lead to motor line terminal.
e. Crank megger for three seconds or longer and read insulation resistance.
f. If less than 25 megohms, operation of motor should be avoided. Take action to remedy the cause for low
insulation resistance, per NSTM S9086-KC-STM-000/CH-300.
g. Remove electrical safety tag; energize circuit.
C-3.5 MOTOR BEARING LUBRICATION. For 3600 rpm 505TNPZ frame motors, Reliance Electric recom-
mends lubricating each bearing with 1.5 ounces of a grease meeting DOD-G-24508 at the frequency shown in
table C-4 which depends on operating conditions. Except under abnormal operating conditions, the Reliance
motor for the Navy standard horizontal fire pump should be lubricated at a six-month frequency for standard
conditions. Lubrication of motor bearings is accomplished as follows: (see figure C-2)
Summary.
Do not use a grease gun of any kind to add grease.
a. Secure motor. Lock out and tag ″out of service.″
C-6
S6225-W6-MMA-010
b. Refer to figure C-2 to locate the pipe plugs (30) on the grease fills and the drain plugs (29, 31).
c. Wipe all dirt from the outside of the grease fills and drains. Remove the pipe plugs (30).
d. Probe through the grease passage to be sure they are open. Use a clean screwdriver or stiff wire.
e. Select properly sized grease cups (32) such as Bowen Products, Style 200, Size 1. Grease cups are not fur-
nished with the motor.
Grease cups (32) should normally be stored with repair parts. Installation of
grease cups should only be done during bearing lubrication.
f. Clean grease cups thoroughly. With a clean spatula, fill cup using a DOD-G-24508 lubricant.
g. Screw the cup together and squeeze out a ribbon of grease until clean grease appears.
lead to overheating of the bearings. The bearing lubricant shall conform to DOD-
G-24508.
h. Install grease cups on the motor. Check that the grease cups are still full and slowly screw down on the grease
cup as far as it will go, injecting grease into the motor bearing. Additional grease should not be required.
i. Remove the grease cups and replace the grease fill pipe plugs (30). Start the motor and allow to run for 30
minutes.
j. Shut motor down. Reinstall grease drain plugs (29, 31).
k. Place motor back in service.
Table C-4. Lubricating Conditions and Frequencies

Conditions Frequency
Standard Eight hours per day, normal or light loading, clean, @ 50°C (120°F) maximum 6 Months
ambient
Severe Twenty-four hours per day operation or shock loading, vibration, or in dirt or dust 3 Months
@ 40-65°C (100-150°F) ambient.
Extreme Heavy shock or vibration, or dust or ambient above 65°C (150°F). 1 Month
C-7
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Figure C-2. Motor Lubrication Points

C-4. RELIANCE ELECTRIC MOTOR TROUBLESHOOTING
C-4.1 INTRODUCTION. Troubleshooting of the pumping unit motor should be performed by personnel who
have read this manual and thoroughly understand the equipment. Basic to all troubleshooting is the ability to dis-
tinguish between normal and abnormal indications when observing equipment operation. Observation is often the
only tool needed to discover the reason for malfunctions. This chapter provides a troubleshooting guide for motor
malfunctions. Refer to chapter 5 for pump troubleshooting guidance.
C-4.2 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE. Isolation of trouble should proceed from the general to the specific
beginning with the determination of where the fault or trouble occurs. The next step is determining which part
is faulty or if there is a suspected malfunction. When isolation procedures are followed logically and through a
step-by-step pattern of check and examination, the trouble can usually be traced to its source without unneces-
sary delay or the changing of parts. As an aid in troubleshooting, reference should be made to table C-5 for a list
of motor troubles which may be encountered, together with their probable causes and remedies.
Summary.
Warning-continued
C-8
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Warning - precedes
Extreme care must be taken when the electrical box is opened.
Table C-5. Motor Troubleshooting

1. Motor will not start. 1. Find cause before 1. No input power or 1. Check connections to controller and in
attempting to restart the improper voltage. terminal box.
motor. 2. Motor is overloaded. 2. Check connections to temperature
monitor.
3. Check terminals at source of power
input.
4. Apply load in accordance with name
plate rating.
2. Motor overheats 1. Stop the motor. 1. Unit is overloaded. 1. Check current in each phase to name
plate rating. If current exceeds that
shown, unit is overloaded.
2. Unit operating at 2. If current in any of three phase
improper voltage. exceeds the name plate values, check the
terminal voltage.
3. Short circuit 3. If voltage in each phase is the same as
listed in the name plate, check stator
resistance in each phase.
4. Obstruction in venti- 4. Check ventilation openings of motor.
lation. Keep clear of obstructions at all time
5. Overgreased bearings 5. Check amount of lubricant in bearing
chamber. If overloaded, remove grease
until proper amount is in unit.
6. Improper type of 6. Regrease.
grease
7. Obstruction in air gap 7. Clean unit thoroughly.
8. Check for any mechanical failure that
would prevent proper rotation.
8. Bearing failure 9. Disassemble unit and replace bearing.
9. Bent shaft 10. Disassemble unit and replace shaft.
3. Operates at wrong 1. Stop the motor. 1. Improper line voltage 1. Check motor against name plate data.
speed or frequency
2. Overload 2. Check name plate rating.
3. Short circuit 3. Check rotor. Check for loose connec-
tions.
C-9
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Table C-5. Motor Troubleshooting - Continued

4. Vibration or increase 1. Stop the motor. 1. Short circuit 1. Check resistance between phases.
in structureborne noise Check rotor.
2. Unbalanced current 2. Check terminal voltage and current at
motor controller.
3. Improper grease 3. Regrease.
4. Improper mounting 4. Check all mounting bolts. Retighten as
necessary.
5. Pump cavitates 5. Check suction valve. Open valve com-
pletely.
6. Strain due to piping 6. Check piping alignment and remove
or improper piping sup- piping weight from pump with proper
ports supports.
7. Pump impeller par- 7. Inspect impeller and remove any
tially glogged, causing obstructions.
imbalance.
8. Bearing failure 8. Replace bearing.
9. Sprung shaft 9. Mechanical failure. Shaft must be
removed and replaced.
C-5. RELIANCE ELECTRIC MOTOR CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
C-5.1 INTRODUCTION. This chapter contains corrective maintenance procedures that are performed on an
unscheduled basis to correct malfunctions in the Hansome motor unit. Included in this chapter are procedures for
bearings removal and replacement and reconditioning the insulation. These are conditions most likely to be
encountered with the electric motor. If more extensive motor rework is required, it shall be done in accordance
with NAVSEA 0900-LP-060-2010, Volume 1, Electric Motor Repair. Chapter 6 provides corrective maintenance
instructions for the pump.

C-5.2 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF FRONT AND REAR END BEARINGS. The front and rear
bearings can be replaced without removing the Reliance motor from the ship’s foundation. The procedure for
removing and replacing the front end bearing is given in paragraph C-5.3. The procedure for removing and
replacing the rear (pump) end bearing is given in paragraph C-5.4. If the motor has been disassembled, the bear-
ings should be replaced.
C-5.3 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF FRONT END BEARING. For removal and replacement of the
motor front end bearing without removing the motor from the ship’s foundation, the following procedures should
be followed: (see figure C-3.)
C-10
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Summary.


a. Remove 1/4″ HHCS screws (103) and lockwashers (104).

b. Lift drip cover (102) and its spacers (105) from the motor.
c. Remove 3/8″ HHCS screws (51), flat washers (50) and lockwashers (49) and pull fan cover (48) from motor.
d. Remove 1/4″ HHCS screws (74) and lockwashers (82). Pull fan (53) from shaft (42).
e. Remove front end balance ring (56) and its key (57) from shaft (42).
f. Loosen Nylok screws (92) and pull grease slinger (91) from shaft (42).
C-11
S6225-W6-MMA-010
g. Remove 1/2″ HHCS screws (73) and lockwashers (112).

h. Pull front end outer cap (25) free of shaft (42).
i. Remove 1/2″ socket head screws (36) and lockwashers (23) to free front end bracket (4) from frame (12).
j. Unscrew retainer nut and pull front end thermistor (80) from the well in front end bracket (4).
k. Ease front end bracket (4) from rabbett in frame (12) and pull bracket off shaft (42) over ball bearing (1).
Keep bracket straight so that outer race of bearing does not jam in bracket bearing bore.
l. Loosen and remove front end bearing locknut (66) and lockwasher (67).
m. Using a Navy-standard puller, per GGG-P-781C, Type VII, Size 1 with puller attachment Type XII, Size 2,
remove bearing (1).
n. Remove grease slinger (94).
o. Remove old grease from front end bracket (4) and front end inner cap (6). Place front end inner cap (6)
against shaft shoulder behind ball bearing shaft seat. Assemble grease slinger (94) on shaft.
Grease slinger (94) must be mounted on shaft before mounting bearing. If dam-
aged, it should be replaced.
p. Place a new Size 312, Type III, Class I bearing per Item 1, table C-7 in a thermostatically controlled heat-
ing oven for one hour at 203 ±10°F
ing.
q. Inspect all parts to be sure that they are free of dirt and burrs. The shaft must be free of all scratches or sharp
edges that might interfere with proper bearing installation. Wear clean insulated gloves to remove the bear-
ing from the oven. Remove the plastic cover and while bearing is hot, press bearing on motor shaft squarely
against shoulder. Install bearing locknut (67) and tighten locknut to 99 to 150 ft-lbs using locknut spanner
wrench.
r. When bearing has cooled to room temperature, loosen bearing locknut (66) and retighten locknut using lock-
nut spanner wrench. Again torque to 99 to 150 ft-lbs. This procedure will ensure that the bearing is against
the shaft shoulder. Pack bearing with grease per DOD-G-24508. Pack bearing about 1/2 full.
s. Install front end bracket (4). Be sure that bracket is kept straight so the bearing outer race will not jam in
bracket. Take care in engagement of bracket to frame recess to prevent misalignment.
t. Assemble front end bearing thermistor (80) into well in front end bracket (4).
u. Install cap screws (36) and lockwashers (23). Torque to 178 ft-lbs.
v. Position front end outer cap (25) into recess in front end bracket (4). Secure with screws (73) and lockwash-
ers (112). Torque to 60 ft-lbs.
w. Reassemble front end grease slinger (91) onto shaft (42). Secure with Nylok screws (92).
C-12
S6225-W6-MMA-010
x. Reinstall front end balance ring (56). Insert front end balance ring key (57) in shaft (42) keyway. Align bal-
ance ring (56) with key (57) and install.
y. Assemble fan (53) onto the shaft (42). Install screws (74) and lockwashers (82). Torque to 8 ft-lbs.
z. Position fan cover (48) over front end of motor and secure with screws (51), flat washers (50) and lockwash-
ers (49). Torque to 24 ft-lbs.
aa. Place lockwashers (104) on screws (103) and insert screws (103) through mounting holes in drip cover (102).
Position spacers (105) over screws (103). Align screws (103) with mounting holes in fan cover (48) and
tighten. Torque to 8 ft-lbs.
ab. Before connecting the motor to power, inspect the unit thoroughly. Make certain there is no foreign material
in the motor and that the shaft rotates freely.
ac. Reconnect the electric wiring to the pump motor.
ad. Remove the tags and restore power to the unit in accordance with established ship’s procedures. Jog the
pump motor to ensure correct direction of rotation. If necessary, correct by switching any two motor leads.
ae. Lubricate the bearing in accordance with the procedures outlined in section C-3.5.
C-5.4 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF REAR END BEARING. For removal and replacement of motor
rear (pump) end bearing without removing motor from ship’s foundation, the following procedures should be
followed: (see figure C-3.)
Summary.
C-13
S6225-W6-MMA-010


a. Remove pump and impeller from motor mounting face and shaft in accordance with the procedures of section
A-5.4.a through A-9.4.q.
b. Loosen Nylock setscrews and remove back end key (59) and balance ring (58).
c. Remove 1/2″ HHCS screws (72) and pull back end outer cap (26) off shaft (42).
d. Remove 1/2″ socket head screws (39) to free back end inner cap (9) from containment against the back end
bracket (5).
e. Loosen nut securing back end bearing thermistor (81). Pull thermistor (81) from well in back end bracket (5).
f. Loosen and remove 3/4″ HHCS screws (37) and lockwashers (24) on back end bracket (5). Remove back end
lifting lug (113) by removing 3/4″ HHSC back end lifting lug screw (117) and lockwasher (24). Remove
bracket from recess in frame (12).
g. Remove back end bracket (5) over outer race of ball bearing. Keep the bracket straight so that outer race of
bearing will not jam in bracket bearing bore.
h. Loosen and remove back end bearing locknut (43) and lockwasher (44).
i. Using Government standard bearing puller per Government specification GGG-P-781, (Type VII, Size 1, with
puller attachment, Type XII, Size 2) remove bearing (2) from shaft (42).
j. Remove grease slinger (93).
k. Remove old grease from inner back end cap (9) and back end bracket (5).
l. Place inner back end cap (9) on shaft shoulder behind ball bearing shaft seat. Assemble grease slinger (93)
on shaft.
C-14
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Grease slinger (93) must be mounted on shaft before mounting bearing. If dam-
aged, it should be replaced.
m. Place a new Size 311, Type III, Class I bearing per Item 2, table C-7 in a thermostatically controlled heating
oven for one hour at 203 ±10°F.
ing.
n. Reinspect all parts to ensure that they are free of dirt and burrs. The shaft must be free of all scratches or
sharp edges that might interfere with proper bearing installation. Wear clean insulated gloves to remove the
bearing from the oven. Remove the plastic cover and while bearing is hot, press bearing on motor shaft
squarely against shoulder and lockwasher (44). Install bearing locknut (43) and tighten locknut to 99 to 130
ft-lbs using locknut spanner wrench.
o. When bearing has cooled to room temperature, loosen bearing locknut (43) and retighten locknut using lock-
nut spanner wrench. Again torque to 99 to 130 ft-lbs. This procedure will ensure that the bearing is against
the shaft shoulder. Pack bearing with grease per DOD-G-24508. Pack bearing about 1/2 full.
p. Install back end bracket (5). Be sure that bracket is kept straight so the bearing outer race will not jam in
bracket. Take care in engagement of pilot fit in frame recess to prevent misalignment.
q. Assemble bearing thermistor (81) into well in back end bracket (5).
r. Install 1/2″ socket head screws (39) to attach back end inner cap (9) against the back end bracket (5).
s. Push back end outer cap (26) on shaft (42) and install 1/2″ HHCS screws (72).
t. Install back end key (59) and balance ring (58). Tighten Nylock setscrews.
u. Install impeller on shaft and reassemble the pump in accordance with the procedures of paragraphs A-5.4.ba
through A-9.4.ca.
v. Lubricate the bearing in accordance with the procedures outlined in section C-3.5.
C-15 / (C-16 Blank)

C-16
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Figure C-3. Reliance Motor Master Drawing (Sheet 1 of 2)
C-17 / (C-18 Blank)

C-18
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Figure C-3. Reliance Motor Master Drawing (Sheet 2 of 2)
C-19 / (C-20 Blank)

C-20
S6225-W6-MMA-010
C-6. PARTS LIST
C-6.1 INTRODUCTION. This chapter contains the parts lists for the Reliance Electric motor used on the hori-
zontal pumping unit.
C-6.2 PARTS LIST TABLES. Manufacturers are listed in table C-6. The Reliance Electric motor parts are
listed is table C-7.
Table C-6. List of Manufacturers.

CAGE Name and Address
08670 Power Products, Inc.
Mount Vernon, NY 10551
25230 Power Control Corp.
Pittsburgh, PA 15213
50380 Reliance Electric Co.
Cleveland, OH 44117
90655 Bowen Products
Buffalo, NY 14225
96906 Military Specification Promulgated by
Military Departments/Agencies
Table C-7. Fire Pump Electric Motor Parts List - Reliance Electric
Figure and
C-3 Motor, AC, 3 phase, 60 hz, 440V, 150/1.70 hp, frame 1 50380 801642-504
505TNPZ, MIL-M-17060E & Amend 1
-1 Ball Bearing, Front End, Steel, MIL-B-17931E, Size 1 96906 416821-69-FN
312, Type III, Class I
-2 Ball Bearing, Rear End, Steel, MIL-B-17931E, Size 1 96906 416821-69-FM
311, Type III, Class I
-3 Box, Terminal, Steel, ASTM A569, Coml 1 74874-43-XB
-4 Bracket, Front End, Nodular Iron, MIL-C-240707/5 1 50380 803034-2A
-5 Bracket, Back End, Nodular Iron, MIL-C-240707/5 1 50380 803034-2A
-6 Cap, Inner, Front End Nodular Iron, MIL-C-240707/5 1 50380 610698-5A
-7 Washer, Wavey, Steel MIL-S-17919-4 1 50380 4107002-2F
-8 Screw, Steel, 6-32 x 1/2 long SAE J8E 1 50380 32400-4-GB
-9 Cap, Inner, Back End Nodular Iron, MIL-C-240707/5 1 50380 610698-2A
-10 Drain, Condensate, Frame 2 SS, ASTM A276 2 50380 411117-2A
-11 Cover, Terminal Box, Steel, ASTM A569, Coml 1 74874-43-XB
-12 Frame, Motor, Nodular Iron, MIL-C-24709/5 1 50380 803036-2A
-13 Gasket, Conduit Base, Syn. Rubber, RK-374-3GM 1 50380 403938-4B
-14 Gasket, Terminal Box Cover, Neoprene, ASTM 2 402731-A
JC-515ABEF, Coml
-15 Lead Clamp, Glass Melamine, MIL-P-15037 3 50380 417394-1B
-16 Flat Washer, Lead Clamp, 0.5 standard, Steel, Type 2 50380 34000-12AB
FF-W-92, ZP1
-17 Lockwasher, 1/4 Medium, Steel SAE 249P J4896, 2PX 6 50380 34017-12AB
C-21
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Table C-7. Fire Pump Electric Motor Parts List - Reliance Electric -
Continued
Figure and
-18 Screw, Terminal Box Lower Mounting, 1/2-13 x 1.25 2 50380 32018-14DK
HHCS, Steel, MIL-F-18240, ZP1
-19 Screw, Terminal Box Upper Mounting, 1/2-13 x 1.0 2 50380 32018-12DK
HHCS, Steel, MIL-F-18240, ZP1
-20 Screw, Lead Clamp, 1/4-20 x 3.25 HHCS, Steel, MIL- 2 50380 32018-34AK
F-18240, ZP1
-21 Support, Lead Clamp, Steel AISI 1020, ZP1 1 50380 417394-2B
-22 Flat Washer, 0.38 Standard, Steel, FF-W-92, ZP1 2 50380 34000-16AB
-23 Lockwasher, Bracket, Front End, 3/4 High Collar, 5 50380 34020-20AB
Steel, SAEJ4896, ZP1
-24 Lockwasher, Bracket, Back End, 3/4 Medium, Steel 6 50380 34019-20AB
SAE J4896, ZP1
-25 Cap Outer, Front End Nodular Iron, MIL-E-24707/5 1 50380 610698-3A
-26 Cap Outer, Back End Nodular Iron, MIL-C-24707/5 1 50380 610698-4A
-27 Lockwasher, Terminal Box, 1/2 Extra Duty, Steel, SAE 6 50380 34019-10AB
J4896, ZP1
-28 Lockwasher, Terminal Box, Cover, 1/4 Medium, Steel, 4 50380 34017-12AB
SAE J4896, ZP1
-29 Pipe Plug, Back End Grease Drain.38 STD, SQ HD, 1 Common 34690-3AB
Steel WW-P-471, ZP1
-30 Pipe Plug, Grease Fill 0.12 STD SQ HD, Steel WW-P- 2 Common 34690-1AB
471, ZP1
-31 Pipe Plug, Front End, Grease Drain, 1/4 STD. SQ HD, 1 Common 34690-2AB
WW-P-471, ZP1
-32 Grease Cup, Style 200, Size 1, Steel, MIL-C-1213, ZP1 2 90655 12
-33 Washer, Rotor, Steel AISI 1020 1 50380 418781-22A
-34 Plate, Identification, SS, ASTM A167 1 50380 613-RP
-35 Rotor, Laminated Steel, ASTM-A-677 47F190 1 50380 615400-3R
-36 Screw, front End Bracket, 3/4-10 X 3.00 HSHCS, 5 50380 32130-24FB
Steel, MIL-F-18240.
-37 Screw, Back End Bracket, 3/4-10 x 2.25 HHCS, Steel, 5 50380 32018-18FX
MIL-F-18240
-38 Screw, Front End Inner Cap, 1/2-13 x 2.75 4 50380 32208-22PB
HSFCTSRHCS, Steel, MIL-F-18240, ZP1
-39 Screw, Back End Inner cap, 1/2-13 x 2.75 4 50380 32208-22PB
HSFCTSKHCS, Steel, MIL-F-18240, ZP1
-40 Screw, Terminal Box Cover, 1/4-20 x 1/2 HHCS, Steel, 4 50380
MIL-F-18240
-41 Rivet, Nameplate, Steel, Coml 14
-42 Shaft, Inconel 625, ASTM B446 1 50380 706786-1A
-43 Locknut, Back End Ball Bearing, Steel, FF-B-171 1 50380 61063-1AU
-44 Lockwasher, Back End Ball Bearing, Steel, FF-B-171 1 50380 401278-3M
-45 Key, Rotor, Steel, AISI 1020 1 50380 34180-080-GA
-46 Stator Core, Laminated Steel, ASTM A677 47F190 1 50380 706789-1R
-47 Terminal Lug, Copper MIL-T-16366 1 50380 47024-3BA
C-22
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Continued
Figure and
-48 Fan Cover, Steel, ASTM A569 1 50380 803037
-49 Lockwasher, Fan Cover, 0.38 Extra Duty Steel, SAE 6 50380 34019-14AB
J488
-50 Flat Washer, Fan Cover, 0.38 Medium, Steel, SAE 6 50380 34000-14AB
J488
-51 Screw, Fan Cover, 0.3816 x 0.88 HHCS, Steel MIL-F- 6 50380 32018-7CK
18240
-52 Gasket, Lead Cover, ASTM-SC-515ABEF 1 50380 418786-1A
-53 Fan, Outer, Polyester/Fiberglass MIL-M-14 1 50380 706787-5A
-54 Locknut, Rotor, Steel FF-B-171 1 50380 67814-4-T
-55 Lockwasher, Rotor, Steel, FF-B-171 1 50380 35051-0154A
-56 Balance Ring, Front End Steel, AISI-1020 1 50380 34188-5DA
-57 Key, Front End Balance Ring, 0.25 x 0.25 Long, Steel 1 50380 34188-5DA
AISI-1020
-58 Balance Ring, Back End, AISI 1020 1 50380 67814-3S
-59 Key, Back End Balance Ring, 0.25 x 0.25 x 0.50 1 50380 34188-4DA
Long, Steel, AISI 1020
-60 Rotor Sleeve, Steel, AISI 1020 1 50380 615401-1A
-61 Plate, Design B, SS, ASTM A-167 1 50380 692-JH
-62 Plate, Lifting, SS, ASTM A-167 1 50380 692-FF
-63 Plate, Motor Rotation, ASTM A-167 1 50380 613-FX
-64 Plate, Insulation, SS, ASTM A-167 1 50380 692-HM
-65 Plate, Reliability, SS, ASTM A-167 1 50380 692-LG
-66 Locknut, Front End Ball Bearing, Steel, FF-B-171, 1 50380 61063-AX
6312 Bearing
-67 Lockwasher, Front End Ball Bearing, Steel, ASTM 1 50380 401278-3J
A-167
-68 Thermal Barrier, Steel ASTM 569 1 50380 610696-6XA
-69 Screw, 10-24 x 0.38 Long, SAE J478 GR 5, ZP1 4 50380 32000-3JB
-70 Lockwasher, T Bar, #10 Steel, SAE J4896, ZP1 4 50380 34017-9AB
-71 Plate, Quiet, SS, ASTM 167 1 50380 692-CR
-72 Screw, Back End Outer Cap, 1/2-13 x 2.12 HHCS, 4 50380 32208-12PB
Steel, MIL-F-18240, ZP1
-73 Screw, Front End Outer Cap 1/2-13 x 2.12 HHCS, 4 50380 32018-17DK
Steel
-74 Screw, 1/4-20 x 0.75 Long HHCS, Steel SAE J429, 2 50380 MS-90725-06
GR 5, ZP1
-75 Power Controller, Assembly, Power Relay & 1 08670 288TN-2/ 288-SS
Thermistor Controller.
-76 Screw, 1/4-20 x 0.75 Long HHCS, Steel, SAE J429 4 50380 MS-90725-06
GR5, ZP1
-77 Gasket, Power Controller, Neoprene, ASTM SC-515 1 50380 403938-47A
ABEF
-78 Resistor, Power Control, 150 Ohm, 1/2W, MIL-12-11A 1 Comm
-79 Relay, Power Controller, Plug In RY Type, 12V 1 08670 RH2B-U-DC12V.
C-23
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Continued
Figure and
-80 Thermistor, Front End Bearing, Positive Temperature 1 08670 PTC-B8000-6
Coefficient, Switch Point 105°C
-81 Thermistor, Back End Bearing, Positive Temperature 1 08670 PTC-B8000-85
Coefficient Type, Switch Point 105°C
-82 Lockwasher, & Thermistor Mounting, 1/4 M, Steel, 2 50380 34017-12AB
SAE J489b, ZP2
-83 Tube Fitting, Thermistor, SS 2 Comm 406744-24B
-84 Flex Tubing, Vinyl Coated 1 Comm 405893-2A
-85 Flex Tubing, Vinyl Coated 1 Comm 404893-2A
-86 Tube Clamp, Steel 5 Comm 48491-A
-87 Drive Screws, F6 x 0.62 Long, SS, ASTM-276 5 50380 33775-5FA
-88 Lug Leads, Thermistor, MIL-T-16366 6 50380 47024-3BA
-89 Thermistor, Motor winding, Positive Temperature 3 25230 T8135
Coefficient Type, Switch Point 130°C
-90 Lifting Lug, Front End, Steel ASTM A503 1 50380 615402-1A
-91 Slinger, Front End, Brass, ASTM B-16 1 50380 603285-3BS
-92 Screw, Slinger, Nylok, Steel, MIL-F-18240 2 50380 32622-4JB
-93 Grease Slinger, Back End Bearing, Steel, MIL-B-890 1 50380 419303-1D
-94 Grease Slinger, Front End Bearing, Steel, MIL-B-890 1 50380 419303-1C
-95-97 Not Used
-98 Fan Shroud, Steel, ASTM A569 50380 803037-6A
-99 Screw, 5/16-18 x 0.50 Long HHCS, Steel, SAE J429, 2 96906 MS90725-29
GR 5, ZP1
-100 Lockwasher, Fan Shroud, Steel, SAE J489b, ZP1 2 50380 34017-13AB
COML
-101 Nut, Fan Shroud, 0.31-18 Steel SAE J10, COML 2 50380 33102-13AB
-102 Drip, Cover, Assembly, Steel, ASTM A569 1 50380 803037-9R
-103 Screw, 1/4-20 x 3.75 Long HHCS, Steel SAE J429 GR 6 96906 MS90725-21
5, ZP1
-104 Lockwasher, Drip cover, 1/4 Medium, Steel, SAE 6 50380 34017-12AB
J489b, ZP1 COML
-105 Spacer, Drip Cover, Steel ASTM A-53, ZP1 6 50380 34500-2488
-106 Plug, Drip Cover, SE 0.5 NPT, Steel WW-P-471, ZP1 1 50380 803037-7N
-107 Chain, Drip Cover, Brass 1 50380 803037-7N
-108 Drive Screw, F6 x 0.25 Long SS, ASTM-276 4 50380 33775-4EA
-109 Lead Cover, Steel, SAE J429 GR5, ZP1 1 50380 615403-1A
-110 Screw, 1/2-13 x 1.25 Long HHCS, Steel, SAE J429 2 96906 MS90725-111
GR5, ZP1
-111 Lockwasher, Lead Cover, 0.38 Medium, Steel SAE 2 50380 34017-14AB
J489b, ZP1 , COML
-112 Lockwasher, Front End Outer Cap, 1/2 Medium, Steel, 4 50380 34017-16AB
SAE 34891, , ZP1 , COML
-113 Lifting Lug, Back End, Steel ASTM A569 1 50380 615402-1B
-114 Key, Back End, Monel, QQ-N-281 1 50380 418781-24A
C-24
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Continued
Figure and
-115 Screw, Front End, Lifting Lug, 3/4 Extra Duty, Steel, 1 50380 32018-40F1
SAE J489B
-116 Lockwasher, Lifting Lug, 3/4 Extra Duty, Steel 1 50380 34019-20AB
-117 Screw, Back End Lifting Lug, 3/4-10 x 3.25 HHCS, 1 50380 32018-26FK
Steel, MIL-F-18240.
1
Zinc Plated per ASTM B633, Type 2, Class Fe/Zn 13.
2
Zinc Plated per ASTM B633, Type 2, Class Fe/Zn 12.
C-7. INSTALLATION
C-7.1 INTRODUCTION. This chapter provides installation drawings, reference data, input requirements, and
material required for installation and check out of the Reliance Electric motor. The procedures for pump instal-
lation are contained in chapter 8.
C-7.2 INSTALLATION DRAWINGS. Use figure C-4 for terminal connections and motor temperature monitor
installations.
C-7.3 TOOLS AND MATERIAL REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION.
a. Tools normally found for performing shipboard maintenance are sufficient for installing the motor and motor
temperature monitor.
C-7.4 STORAGE. If not placed in service upon delivery, Reliance drive motors can suffer damage or reduced
reliability because of improper storage conditions. Storage in humid environments could cause the bearings to
rust or rust particles from surrounding surfaces to contaminate the bearings. The Reliance 505TNPZ frame motor
have an epoxy sealed insulation system so insulation failure from moisture absorption is unlikely. Nevertheless,
the following precautions should be taken:
a. Minimize condensation in and around the motor by use of desiccants or other humidity control methods. Space
heaters may be required in some environments.
b. Coat all external machined surfaces with a material to prevent corrosion. An acceptable product for this pur-
pose is Exxon Rust Ban #392.
c. Measure and record the electrical resistance of the winding insulation with a megger or an insulation resis-
tance meter. Minimum acceptable megohm level is the insulation kV rating +1 megohm.
d. If in storage more than three months, regrease the bearings. Rotate the motor shaft at least 15 times by hand
after greasing.
e. Repeat the rotation procedure every three months; regrease bearings every nine months of storage after the
initial regreasing at the third month of storage.
C-25
S6225-W6-MMA-010
f. Verify that the automatic condensate drains (figure C-3, item 10) are operating and that the drain holes are not
blocked.
C-7.5 INPUT REQUIREMENTS. The necessary input requirements are as follows:

Motor Power Controller
Volts 440 120
Phase 3 1
Cycles 60 60
C-7.6 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES.
Summary.
a. Refer to figure C-4 and connect power to the motor as follows:

1. Remove terminal box cover (11).
2. Wire main power (3 phase, 440 volt, 60 Hertz) to terminal box through 2-1/2″ NPT main conduit connec-
tor port.
3. Connect terminal lugs.
4. Replace terminal box cover (11).
b. Wire (1 phase, 120 volt, 60 Hertz) the power controller, shown in figure C-4 as follows:
1. Remove cover of power controller (75).
2. Route wire through the rigid conduit connector nearest terminal 1.
3. Connect 120 VAC to terminals 1 and 2.
4. Verify that a 150 ohm, 1/2 watt resistor is installed across terminals 6 and 7. If missing, this resistor must
be installed to prevent damage to the power controller.
5. Replace cover.
6. Follow both thermistor leads from the power controller to the bearings. Verify that the thermistor mount-
ing nut is snug against the motor.
C-7.7 INSTALLATION CHECKOUT. Before starting the motor for the first time, make the following checks:
a. Check the nameplate of the controller to ensure compatibility with 440 VAC power supply and motor rating.
Controller enclosure should be mounted rigidly to a firm foundation or mounting support, and should be
grounded to ship’s hull.
b. All terminals and controller components should be clean and tight.
c. Examine the unit externally to make certain that no parts have been damaged during installation.
d. The pumping unit should be able to be turned by hand.
C-26
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Figure C-4. Reliance Motor Wiring.
C-27 / (C-28 Blank)

C-28
S6225-W6-MMA-010
APPENDIX D
CUTLER-HAMMER MOTOR CONTROLLER 6962ED3264
D-1. GENERAL.
This motor controller is installed by ShipAlt CVN 6766.02D.
D-1 / (D-2 Blank)

D-2
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Figure D-1. Cutler-Hammer Motor Controller 6962ED3264 Wiring Diagram

D-3 / (D-4 Blank)
D-4
S6225-W6-MMA-010
Figure D-2. Cutler-Hammer Motor Controller 6962ED3264 Schematic Diagram
D-5 / (D-6 Blank)

D-6
Ref: NAVSEAINST 4160.3 NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030/TMMP
NAVSEA/SPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCY/EVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

INSTRUCTIONS: Continue on 8 ½” x 11” on page if additional space is needed.
1. Use this report to indicate deficiencies, problems and recommendations relating to publications.
2. For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements.
3. For TMDERs that affect more than one publication, submit a separate TMDER for each.
4. Submit TMDERs at web site https://nsdsa.nmci.navy.mil or mail to: COMMANDER, CODE 310 TMDERs, NAVSURFWARCENDIV
NSDSA, 4363 MISSILE WAY BLDG 1389, PORT HUENEME CA 93043-4307
1. PUBLICATION NUMBER 2. VOL/PART 3. REV/DATE OR CHG/DATE 4. SYSTEM/EQUIPMENT ID
5. TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6. REPORT CONTROL NUMBER

(6 digit UIC-YY-any four: xxxxxx-10-xxxx)
7. RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION
7a. Page # 7b. Para # 7c. RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS
8. ORIGINATOR’S NAME AND WORK CENTER 9. DATE 10. ORIGINATOR’S E-MAIL ADDRESS 11. TMMA of Manual
(NSDSA will complete)
12. SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UIC/CAGE/HULL) 13. Phone Numbers:
Commercial ( ) -
DSN -
FAX ( ) -
NAVSEA 4160/1 (Rev. 9-2010) S/N 0116-LF-985-4100

FOLD HERE AND TAPE SECURELY
PLEASE DO NOT STAPLE
INCLUDE COMPLETE ADDRESS

USE
PROPER
POSTAGE
FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
COMMANDER
CODE 310 TMDERs
NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA
4363 MISSILE WAY BLDG 1389
PORT HUENEME CA 93043-4307
FOLD HERE AND TAPE SECURELY

PLEASE DO NOT STAPLE
blank back cover.
S6225-W6-MMA-010

S6225 W6 MMA 010 Tech Manuel

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

S6225 W6 MMA 010 Tech Manuel

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

S6225-W6-MMA-010

NAVY STANDARD TITANIUM

SUPERSEDURE NOTICE: THIS MANUAL SUPERSEDES S6225-W6-MMA-010,

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C: DISTRIBUTION AUTHORIZED TO U.S. GOVERNMENT AGENCIES AND

*0910LP1155186* 15 MAR 2016

RECORD OF REVISIONS-1 / (RECORD OF REVISIONS-2 Blank)

Chapter 1 - General Information and Safety Precautions

FOREWORD-1 / (FOREWORD-2 Blank)

1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

1-1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

1-2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

1-3 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

1-4 RELATIONSHIP OF COMPONENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

1-5 REFERENCE DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

2-1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

2-2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

2-3 CONTROLS AND INDICATORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

2-4 OPERATING PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

3 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

3-1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

3-2 PUMP DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

3-3 PUMP OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

3-4 PUMPING UNIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

4 SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4-1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

4-2 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4-4 EXTENDED SHUTDOWN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

4-5 GENERAL OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

4-6 INTERMEDIATE AND DEPOT LEVEL MAINTENANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

5-1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5-2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5-3 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5-4 PRELIMINARY TROUBLESHOOTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5-5 PERFORMANCE MONITORING CHARTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

5-6 MECHANICAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

6 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

SECTION I INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

6-1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

SECTION II ADJUSTMENTS AND ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

6-2 ADJUSTMENTS AND ALIGNMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

SECTION III REPAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

6-3 REPAIR PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

6-4 RENEWAL OF WEARING RINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

6-5 CASING STUD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

6-6 RENEWAL OF SHAFT SEAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

6-7 RENEWAL OF IMPELLER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20

6-8 EMERGENCY PACKING INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28

7 PARTS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

7-1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

7-2 LIST OF MAJOR COMPONENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

7-3 PARTS LIST TABLES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

7-4 PARTS LOCATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

8-1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

8-2 INSTALLATION DRAWINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

8-3 SITE INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

8-4 PREPARATION OF FOUNDATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

8-5 REFERENCE DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

8-6 TOOLS AND MATERIAL REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

8-7 UNPACKING AND PACKING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

8-8 INPUT REQUIREMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

8-9 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

0910LP1155186 15 MAR 2016